1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19932 573))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
72 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
73 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
80 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
81 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
87 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
89 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
92 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
103 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
104 Completion is available.
106 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
111 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
112 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
113 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
114 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
117 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
119 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
120 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
121 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
122 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
124 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
126 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
127 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
128 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
130 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
132 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
133 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
134 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
135 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
136 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
137 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
139 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
141 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
142 Prompt for a change log name.
146 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
147 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
149 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
150 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
151 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
152 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
154 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
155 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
156 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
158 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
159 current buffer to the complete file name.
160 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
162 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
164 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
165 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
166 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
167 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
169 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
170 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
172 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
174 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
175 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
176 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
178 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
179 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
180 after a comma on an existing line.
182 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
183 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
186 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
187 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
190 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
191 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
193 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
195 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
196 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
197 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
198 the change log file in another window.
200 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
202 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
203 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
204 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
205 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
206 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
207 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
209 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
214 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
216 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
217 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
220 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
223 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
225 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
226 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
228 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
229 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
230 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
231 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
232 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
234 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
239 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
240 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
241 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
244 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
245 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
247 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
251 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
252 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
253 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19931 11784))
254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
256 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
257 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
258 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
259 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
260 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
261 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
262 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
263 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
264 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
265 interpreted as `error'.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
269 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
270 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
271 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
272 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
273 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
274 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
275 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
276 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
280 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
281 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
285 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
286 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
288 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
290 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
291 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
293 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
294 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
295 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
296 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
297 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
299 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
300 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
304 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
305 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
306 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
307 mapped to the closest extremal position).
309 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
310 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
311 the cache-id will clear the cache.
313 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
315 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
317 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
318 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
319 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
320 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
321 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
322 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
323 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
324 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
325 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
326 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
327 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
328 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
329 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
330 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
331 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
332 definition will always be cached for later usage.
334 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
336 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
337 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
338 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
340 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
341 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
344 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
345 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
346 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
347 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
348 see also `ad-add-advice'.
349 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
350 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
351 before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
353 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
354 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
355 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
356 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
357 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
359 Semantics of the various flags:
360 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
361 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
362 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
364 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
365 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
367 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
368 advised function should be compiled.
370 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
371 during activation until somebody enables it.
373 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
374 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
375 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
376 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
378 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
379 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
380 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
381 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
382 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
385 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
387 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
390 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
392 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
396 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
397 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
398 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19886 45771))
399 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
401 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
402 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
403 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
404 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
405 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
406 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
407 rule's `separate' attribute).
409 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
410 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
411 `separate' attribute set.
413 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
414 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
415 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
416 on the format of these lists.
418 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
420 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
421 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
422 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
423 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
424 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
425 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
426 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
427 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
428 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
429 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
432 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
433 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
440 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
441 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
442 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
444 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
446 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
447 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
448 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
449 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
450 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
453 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
455 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
456 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
457 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
458 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
459 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
460 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
461 been used to align that section.
463 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
465 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
466 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
467 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
468 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
469 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
470 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
473 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
475 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
476 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
481 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
487 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
488 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
489 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
490 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
492 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
493 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
495 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
497 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
499 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
500 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
502 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
503 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
505 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
506 `allout-auto-activation'.
510 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
511 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
513 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
514 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
515 file variable `allout-layout'.
517 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
518 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
519 specified layout is applied.
521 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
522 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
524 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
527 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
529 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
531 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
533 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
535 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
537 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
539 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
541 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
543 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
545 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
547 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
549 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
551 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
553 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
555 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
557 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
559 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
561 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
563 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
564 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
566 \(fn)" nil
(quote macro
))
568 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
569 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
570 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
572 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
574 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
575 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
576 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
577 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
578 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
579 which is organized as an allout outline.)
581 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
583 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
584 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
585 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
586 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
587 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
588 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
589 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
590 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
592 and many other features.
594 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
595 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
596 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
597 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
598 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
600 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
601 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
602 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
603 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
604 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
605 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
606 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
607 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
608 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
609 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
613 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
614 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
615 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
616 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
617 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
621 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
622 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
623 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
624 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
625 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
626 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
627 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
628 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
629 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
630 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
633 Topic Header Production:
634 -----------------------
635 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
636 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
637 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
639 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
640 ---------------------------------
641 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
642 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
643 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
645 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
646 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
647 are alternated according to nesting depth.
648 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
649 the offspring are not affected.
650 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
652 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
653 ----------------------------------
654 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
655 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
656 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
657 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
658 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
659 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
660 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
661 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
663 Topic-oriented Encryption:
664 -------------------------
665 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
666 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
670 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
671 and establish a default file-var setting
673 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
674 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
676 buffer with name derived from derived from that
677 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
678 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
679 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
680 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
682 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
683 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
688 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
689 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
690 pending encryption on save.
692 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
693 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
694 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
695 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
696 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
698 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
699 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
700 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
701 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
702 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
703 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
706 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
707 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
712 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
713 navigation and exposure control.
715 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
716 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
717 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
718 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
719 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
721 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
722 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
723 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
724 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
725 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
727 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
728 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
729 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
730 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
731 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
732 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
733 at the beginning of the current entry.
737 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
738 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
739 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
742 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
743 `allout-mode-off-hook'
744 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
745 `allout-structure-added-hook'
746 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
747 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
748 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
752 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
754 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
755 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
756 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
758 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
759 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
760 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
762 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
765 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
766 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
769 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
771 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
773 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
775 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
777 Topic text constituents:
779 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
781 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
782 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
784 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
785 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
786 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
787 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
788 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
789 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
790 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
793 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
796 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
797 It can be customized by changing the setting of
798 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
800 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
801 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
802 program code without interfering with processing of the text
803 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
804 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
805 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
806 docstring for more detail.
808 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
809 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
810 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
811 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
812 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
813 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
814 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
815 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
816 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
817 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
818 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
821 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
822 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
824 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
825 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
827 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
828 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
829 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
833 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
835 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
836 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
838 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
839 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
845 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
846 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
847 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
848 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
850 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads
) nil
(put 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
(cons '"allout-widgets" loads
))))
852 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
853 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
855 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
857 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
859 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
860 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
862 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
865 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
866 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
868 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
869 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
870 you want allout widgets operation.
872 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
874 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
876 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
878 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
879 Allout-mode extension, providing graphical decoration of outline structure.
881 This is meant to operate along with allout-mode, via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 If optional argument ARG is greater than 0, enable.
884 If optional argument ARG is less than 0, disable.
885 Anything else, toggle between active and inactive.
887 The graphics include:
889 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
891 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
892 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
894 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
895 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
897 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
898 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
899 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
906 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19931 11784))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
909 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
911 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
912 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
913 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
914 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
915 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
916 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
918 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
920 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
923 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
927 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
928 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19845 45374))
929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
931 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
932 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
933 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
934 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
935 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
936 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
937 in the current window.
939 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
941 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
942 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
943 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
948 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
949 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
951 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
955 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
956 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19854 41422))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
981 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
982 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19890 42850))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1018 ;;;;;; (19922 19303))
1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1022 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1023 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1024 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1025 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1026 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1030 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1031 Toggle checking of appointments.
1032 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1033 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1039 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1040 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1041 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19909 7240))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1055 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1066 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1069 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 noninteractive functions.
1078 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1079 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1081 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1082 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1084 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1086 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1087 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1089 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1091 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1092 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1093 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1094 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1096 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1097 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1098 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1099 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1101 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1102 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1104 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1106 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1108 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1109 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1110 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1111 thus be found in `load-history'.
1115 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1116 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1117 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1118 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1119 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1120 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1123 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1124 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1126 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1128 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1129 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1136 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1138 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1140 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19886
1146 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1148 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1149 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1150 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1151 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1152 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1153 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1155 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1156 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1159 \\{archive-mode-map}
1161 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1165 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1168 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1169 Major mode for editing arrays.
1171 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1172 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1173 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1175 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1177 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1178 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1179 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1181 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1182 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1183 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1184 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1187 Variables you assign:
1188 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1189 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1190 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1191 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1192 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1193 row numbers in the buffer.
1195 Variables which are calculated:
1196 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1197 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1199 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1200 take a numeric prefix argument):
1202 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1203 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1204 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1205 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1207 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1208 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1209 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1210 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1212 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1213 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1214 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1215 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1217 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1218 between that of point and mark.
1220 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1221 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1223 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1224 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1225 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1226 newlines inside rows)
1228 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1230 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1236 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19914
1238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1240 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1242 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1243 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1244 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1246 How to quit Artist mode
1248 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1251 How to submit a bug report
1253 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1256 Drawing with the mouse:
1259 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1260 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1264 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1267 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1301 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1302 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1303 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1304 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1307 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1308 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1309 overwrite means the opposite.
1311 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1312 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1313 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1315 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1317 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1318 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1320 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1321 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1322 are currently drawing something.
1324 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1328 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1329 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1334 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1336 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1338 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1340 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1342 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1343 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1345 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1350 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1351 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1352 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1353 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1354 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1355 When pasting: Pastes
1357 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1359 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1361 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1362 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1363 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1364 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1365 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1366 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1371 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1372 of the line/poly-line
1374 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1375 of the line/poly-line
1380 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1382 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1383 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1385 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1386 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1387 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1389 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1390 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1391 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1392 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1393 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1394 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1395 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1396 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1400 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1401 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1406 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1407 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1409 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1410 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1411 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1412 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1413 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1414 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1415 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1416 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1417 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1418 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1419 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1420 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1421 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1422 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1423 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1424 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1425 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1426 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1427 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1431 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1432 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1439 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1443 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19890
1445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1447 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1448 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1449 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1451 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1452 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1453 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1454 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1456 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1457 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1459 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1460 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1462 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1475 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1476 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1477 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1480 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1484 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1485 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1486 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1488 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1489 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1498 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1499 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1500 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1501 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1502 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1503 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1506 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1507 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1508 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1509 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1510 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1512 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1516 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1517 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1518 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1521 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1523 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1525 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1526 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1527 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1528 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1529 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1530 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1532 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1538 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1539 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1540 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1542 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1543 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1550 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19845 45374))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1553 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1554 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1555 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1559 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1560 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1561 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1562 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1564 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1566 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1567 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1568 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1571 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1573 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1576 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1577 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1578 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1580 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1581 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1587 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1588 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1589 ;;;;;; (19924 47209))
1590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1592 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1594 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1596 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1597 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1598 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1600 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1601 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1602 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1603 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1604 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1606 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1608 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1610 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1611 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1612 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1613 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1614 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1616 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1617 directory or directories specified.
1619 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1620 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1621 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1622 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1623 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1624 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1626 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1628 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1629 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1630 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1631 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1638 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1639 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1640 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19878 51661))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1643 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1644 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1646 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1647 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1648 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1649 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1650 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1654 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1655 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1657 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1658 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1664 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1666 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1667 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1668 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1669 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1670 reflected in the current buffer.
1672 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1673 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1674 writing before you save the file!
1676 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1680 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1681 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1683 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1684 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1688 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1689 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1690 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1692 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1693 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1695 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1697 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1698 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1699 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1700 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1702 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1703 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1704 to revert a particular buffer.
1706 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1707 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1708 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1709 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1710 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1712 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1713 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1714 specifies in the mode line.
1716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1721 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1724 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1725 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1726 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1728 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1730 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1732 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1733 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1734 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1735 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1737 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1738 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1739 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1741 Effects of the different modes:
1742 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1743 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1744 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1745 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1746 a random distance & direction.
1747 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1748 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1749 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1751 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1753 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1754 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1755 definition of \"random distance\".)
1757 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1762 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1764 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1766 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1767 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1768 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1769 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1773 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1774 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1775 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1778 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1780 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1782 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1783 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1784 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1785 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1786 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1793 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1794 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19845 45374))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1797 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1798 Time execution of FORMS.
1799 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1800 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1802 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1803 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1804 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1806 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1808 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1809 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1810 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1811 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1812 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1814 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1816 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1817 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1818 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1819 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1820 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1822 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1826 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1827 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19931 11784))
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1830 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1831 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1832 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1833 of corresponding buffers.
1834 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1835 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1836 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1837 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1838 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1839 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1841 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1843 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1844 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1846 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1848 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1849 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1850 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1851 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1853 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1854 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1855 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1856 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1857 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1859 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1860 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1863 Special information:
1865 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1867 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1868 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1869 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1870 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1871 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1872 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1873 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1874 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1875 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1876 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1877 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1879 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1880 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1881 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1882 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1883 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1884 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1885 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1886 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1888 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1890 ----------------------------------------------------------
1891 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1892 if that value is non-nil.
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1899 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1900 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1901 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1902 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1903 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1904 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1905 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1906 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1907 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1909 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1913 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1914 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1917 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1918 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1924 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1925 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1926 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1929 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1931 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1932 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1933 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1935 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1937 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1938 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1940 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1942 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1943 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1945 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1949 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1953 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1955 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1959 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1960 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1961 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1962 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1963 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1968 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1969 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1972 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1975 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1976 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1978 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1979 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1981 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1982 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1983 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1984 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1985 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1986 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1990 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1992 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1993 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1994 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1995 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1997 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1998 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1999 denoted by the letter `R'.
2001 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2002 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2003 denoted by the letter `H'.
2005 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2008 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2009 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2010 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2011 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2012 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2013 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2016 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2017 degree deflection it causes.
2020 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2021 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2022 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2023 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2024 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2025 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2026 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2027 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2030 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2031 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2034 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2035 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2036 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2037 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2038 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2039 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2040 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2041 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2043 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2044 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2045 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2046 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2047 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2048 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2049 emerging from the box.
2051 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2053 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2054 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2055 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2056 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2057 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2058 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2069 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2070 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2071 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2072 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2073 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19914 25180))
2074 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2075 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2076 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2077 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2079 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2080 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2081 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2082 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2083 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2084 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2085 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2087 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2088 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2089 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2091 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2092 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2093 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2094 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2095 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2098 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2099 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2100 yank successive words.
2102 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2103 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2104 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2105 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2106 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2108 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2109 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2110 the list of bookmarks.)
2112 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2114 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2115 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2116 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2117 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2118 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2121 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2122 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2123 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2124 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2126 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2127 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2129 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2130 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2131 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2133 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2135 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2136 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2138 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2141 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2143 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2144 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2145 after a bookmark was set in it.
2147 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2149 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2150 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2152 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2153 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2155 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2157 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2160 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2161 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2162 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2164 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2165 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2166 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2168 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2169 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2172 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2175 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2176 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2178 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2179 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2180 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2186 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2188 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2189 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2190 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2191 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2192 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2193 probably because we were called from there.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2197 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2198 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2199 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2204 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2205 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2206 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2209 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2210 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2211 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2212 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2213 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2215 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2216 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2217 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2218 `bookmark-default-file'.
2220 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2222 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2223 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2224 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2225 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2226 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2229 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2230 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2231 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2232 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2233 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2236 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2237 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2238 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2239 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2241 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2244 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2245 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2246 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2247 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2251 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2253 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2256 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2260 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2262 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2266 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2267 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2268 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2269 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2270 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2271 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2272 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2273 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2274 ;;;;;; (19911 48973))
2275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2277 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2278 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2279 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2280 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2282 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2283 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2284 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2285 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2286 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2288 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2292 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2293 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2294 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2295 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2297 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2299 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2300 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2301 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2302 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2305 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2307 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2308 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2312 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2313 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2315 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2317 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2318 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2319 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2320 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2321 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2322 first, if that exists.
2324 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2328 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2329 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2333 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2335 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2336 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2337 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2345 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2349 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2350 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2358 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2359 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2362 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2368 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2369 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2372 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2377 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2378 new tab in an existing window instead.
2380 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2381 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2387 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2388 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2391 When called interactively, if variable
2392 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2393 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2394 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2395 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2398 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2399 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2401 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2402 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2405 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2406 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2407 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2408 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2409 URL in a new window.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2440 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2443 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2444 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2445 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2448 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2456 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2457 program is invoked according to the variable
2458 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2462 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2463 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2475 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2476 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2478 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2479 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2480 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2481 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point.
2492 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2493 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2494 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2503 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2504 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2510 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2511 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2512 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2513 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2519 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2520 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2521 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2523 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2524 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2525 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2526 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2529 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2533 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2534 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2535 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2536 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2537 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2542 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2543 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2552 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2553 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2554 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2555 don't offer a form of remote control.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2567 Default to the URL around the point.
2569 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2570 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2572 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2573 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2579 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19845
2581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2583 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2584 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2588 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2589 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2595 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2596 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19870 57559))
2597 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2599 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2600 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2601 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2602 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2606 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2607 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2608 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2609 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2613 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2614 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2618 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2619 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2621 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2622 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2623 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2624 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2626 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2627 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2628 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2629 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2630 name of buffer configuration.
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19889 21967))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2639 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2641 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2642 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2643 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2644 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2645 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2646 columns on its right towards the left.
2648 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2649 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2650 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2651 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2657 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2658 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19890 42850))
2659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2661 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2663 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2664 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2668 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2669 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2675 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2676 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2677 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2678 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2679 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19940 49234))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2681 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2682 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2683 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2685 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2687 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2688 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2689 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2690 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2691 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2692 else the global value will be modified.
2694 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2696 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2697 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2698 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2699 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2700 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2701 else the global value will be modified.
2703 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2705 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2706 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2707 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2709 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2711 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2712 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2713 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2714 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2716 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2717 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2718 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2719 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2720 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2723 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2724 that already has a `.elc' file.
2726 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2727 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2730 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2731 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2732 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2733 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2734 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2736 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2738 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2739 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2740 Print the result in the echo area.
2741 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2745 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2746 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2747 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2749 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2751 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2752 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2753 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2754 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2755 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2756 all functions called by those functions.
2758 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2759 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2762 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2763 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2764 invoked interactively.
2766 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2768 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2769 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2770 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2771 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2775 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2776 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2777 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2778 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2779 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2780 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2781 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2784 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2786 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2787 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2788 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2789 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2791 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2792 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2793 and corresponding effects.
2795 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19885
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2803 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2805 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19885 24894))
2810 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2812 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2814 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2816 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2820 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2821 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
2822 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2824 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2825 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2826 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2827 from the cursor position.
2829 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2831 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2835 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2836 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2837 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19845
2839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2840 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2842 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2843 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2847 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2848 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2850 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2853 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2855 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2857 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2858 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2862 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2863 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2864 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2865 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2867 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2869 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2870 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2871 This is most useful in the X window system.
2872 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2873 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2875 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2877 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2878 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2879 See calc-keypad for details.
2881 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2884 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2886 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2889 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2891 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2894 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2896 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2899 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2900 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2902 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2904 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2905 Define Calc function.
2907 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2908 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2909 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2911 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2912 actual Lisp function name.
2914 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2916 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2918 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2926 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19931
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2937 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2938 Run the Emacs calculator.
2939 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2945 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19923
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2949 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2950 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2951 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2952 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2953 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2954 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2956 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2957 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2958 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2959 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2960 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2961 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2962 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2963 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2966 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2967 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2969 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2970 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2971 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2972 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2973 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2974 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2976 Runs the following hooks:
2978 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2979 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2980 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2981 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2983 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2989 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2990 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
2991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2993 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2994 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2996 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2998 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2999 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3000 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3003 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3007 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3008 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3011 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3012 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3014 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3015 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3016 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3017 restriction to ASCII.
3019 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3024 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3025 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3026 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3028 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3029 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3030 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3031 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3032 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3033 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3034 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3036 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3037 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3046 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3050 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3051 ;;;;;; (19893 19022))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3054 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3055 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3061 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3062 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3063 ;;;;;; (19938 7518))
3064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3066 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3068 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3069 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3070 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3071 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3072 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3074 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3076 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3077 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3080 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3081 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3082 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3083 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3085 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3087 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3088 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3089 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3090 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3091 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3092 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3094 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3096 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3097 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3104 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3105 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3107 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3108 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3109 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3110 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3111 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3112 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3115 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3117 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3118 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3125 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3126 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3127 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3129 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3130 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3131 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3132 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3133 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3134 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3137 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3139 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3140 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3147 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3148 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3149 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3151 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3152 Major mode for editing Java code.
3153 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3154 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3156 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3159 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3161 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3162 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3169 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3170 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3173 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3174 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3175 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3176 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3177 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3178 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3181 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3183 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3184 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3191 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3192 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3193 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3194 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3196 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3218 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3220 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3221 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3223 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3224 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3225 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3227 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3229 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3230 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3239 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3240 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19845 45374))
3241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3243 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3244 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3245 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3246 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3248 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3250 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3251 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3254 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3255 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3256 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3257 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3260 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3261 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3262 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3263 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3266 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3268 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3269 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3270 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3271 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3273 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3275 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3276 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3277 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3279 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3281 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3282 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3283 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3284 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3285 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3287 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19845 45374))
3292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3293 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3294 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3295 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3299 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3300 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3301 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3302 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3304 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3305 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3307 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3309 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3310 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3312 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3314 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3315 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3317 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3318 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3319 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3320 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3323 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3325 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3327 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3328 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3330 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3331 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3335 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3336 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3337 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3338 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3339 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3342 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3343 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3344 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3345 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3347 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3348 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3351 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3353 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3355 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3358 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3359 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3361 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3362 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3363 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3366 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3368 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3369 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3370 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3372 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3374 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3376 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3377 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3379 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3383 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3385 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3387 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3388 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3391 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3392 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3395 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3397 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3398 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3399 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3400 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3401 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3402 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3403 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3404 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3405 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3406 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3407 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3408 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3409 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3410 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3411 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3412 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3415 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3416 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3418 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3419 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3421 | (write EXPRESSION)
3422 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3423 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3426 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3429 ;; Same as: (write string)
3431 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3432 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3433 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3436 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3437 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3438 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3439 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3440 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3441 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3443 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3444 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3446 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3449 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3450 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3451 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3453 ARG := REG | integer
3456 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3459 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3462 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3465 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3466 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3469 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3470 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3471 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3474 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3475 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3476 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3479 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3480 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3482 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3483 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3484 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3487 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3488 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3491 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3492 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3494 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3497 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3501 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3502 ;; Same meaning as C code
3503 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3505 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3510 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3511 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3514 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3515 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3519 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3523 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3524 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3525 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3527 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3528 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3529 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3531 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3532 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3533 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3534 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3535 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3538 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3540 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3542 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3543 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3544 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3545 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3546 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3547 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3549 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3551 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3552 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3553 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3555 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3557 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3561 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3562 ;;;;;; (19869 36706))
3563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3565 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3566 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3567 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3568 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3570 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3572 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3576 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3577 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3580 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3581 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3582 There are no special keybindings by default.
3584 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3585 to the action header.
3591 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3592 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19906 31087))
3593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3595 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3596 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3597 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3601 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3602 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3603 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3609 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3610 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3611 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3612 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3613 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3614 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3615 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3616 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3617 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19931 11784))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3619 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3620 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3621 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3622 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3623 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3625 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3631 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3632 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3633 the users will view as each check is completed.
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3638 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3639 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3640 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3641 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3642 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3643 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3644 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3646 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3649 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3650 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3651 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3652 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3653 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3654 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3655 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3657 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3659 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3660 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3661 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3662 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3663 spacing are all verified.
3667 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3668 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3669 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3670 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3671 otherwise stop after the first error.
3673 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3675 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3676 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3677 Only documentation strings are checked.
3678 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3679 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3682 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3684 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3685 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3686 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3687 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3688 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3690 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3692 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3693 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3694 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3695 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3698 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3700 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3701 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3702 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3703 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3705 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3707 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3709 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3710 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3711 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3713 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3716 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3717 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3718 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3719 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3723 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3724 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3725 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3726 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3727 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3728 space at the end of each line.
3730 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3732 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3733 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3734 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3735 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3737 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3740 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3741 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3742 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3744 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3747 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3748 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3749 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3751 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3754 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3755 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3756 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3758 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3760 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3761 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3762 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3763 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3765 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3767 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3768 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3769 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3770 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3772 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3774 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3775 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3776 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3777 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3779 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3781 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3782 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3783 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3784 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3786 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3788 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3789 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3790 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3791 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3793 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3796 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3797 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3800 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3801 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3802 checking of documentation strings.
3804 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3810 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3811 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3812 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3815 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3816 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3817 Return the length of resulting text.
3819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3822 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3826 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3827 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3828 Return the length of resulting text.
3830 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3832 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3833 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3837 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3842 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3845 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3849 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3850 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
3851 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3853 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3854 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3855 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3856 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3857 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3858 editing and the result is evaluated.
3860 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3863 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3864 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3865 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3866 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3868 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3872 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3873 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3874 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3875 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3876 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3878 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3879 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3880 \\{command-history-map}
3882 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3883 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19863 8742))
3890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3892 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3893 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3894 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3895 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3896 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3897 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3899 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3900 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3904 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3905 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
3906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3908 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3909 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3910 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3911 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3912 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3913 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3914 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3917 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3918 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
3919 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3922 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3923 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3925 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3926 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3927 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3928 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3929 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3930 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3931 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3932 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3933 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3934 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3935 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3936 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3938 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3939 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3940 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3942 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3943 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3944 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3947 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3949 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3951 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3953 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3954 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3956 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3957 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3959 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3960 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3961 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3962 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3963 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3964 value specified by their associated list element.
3966 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3968 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3969 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3970 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3972 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3973 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3974 * indent the first argument by 4.
3975 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3976 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3977 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3979 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3984 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3987 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3988 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3989 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3990 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3992 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3993 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3994 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3995 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3997 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3998 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4000 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4004 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19886
4006 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4008 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4009 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4010 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4011 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4012 of `scheme-program-name').
4013 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4014 it is given as initial input.
4015 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4016 discards input when it starts up.
4017 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4019 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4022 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
4026 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (19845 45374))
4027 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4029 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4030 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4031 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4032 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4034 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4035 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4037 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4038 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4039 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4041 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4045 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4046 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4047 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4048 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
4049 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4051 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4052 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4053 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4054 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4055 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4056 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4057 functions have already modified the buffer.
4059 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4061 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4062 either globally or locally.")
4064 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4065 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4066 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4067 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4068 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4069 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4070 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4071 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4072 process as its initial input.
4074 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4076 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4078 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4080 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4081 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4082 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4083 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4084 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4085 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4086 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4087 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4088 process as its initial input.
4090 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4092 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4094 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4096 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4097 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4098 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4099 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4100 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4101 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4103 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4105 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4106 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4107 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4108 directory tracking functions.")
4110 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4111 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4112 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4114 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4116 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4118 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4119 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4120 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4122 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4124 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4126 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4127 Send COMMAND to current process.
4128 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4129 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4131 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4133 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4134 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4135 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4136 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4138 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4142 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4143 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4144 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4146 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4147 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4148 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4149 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4151 This command pushes the mark in each window
4152 at the prior location of point in that window.
4153 If both windows display the same buffer,
4154 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4155 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4157 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4158 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4159 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4160 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4161 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4162 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4163 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4166 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4167 this command work in interlaced mode:
4168 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4169 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4170 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4172 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4176 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4177 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4178 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4179 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4180 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19913
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4184 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4185 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4187 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4189 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4190 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4191 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4192 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4193 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4194 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4195 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4197 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4199 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4200 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4202 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4204 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4205 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4206 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4207 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4208 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4210 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4211 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4212 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4213 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4214 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4216 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4217 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4218 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4219 describing how the process finished.")
4221 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4222 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4223 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4224 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4225 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4227 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4228 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4229 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4231 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4233 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4234 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4235 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4236 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4238 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4240 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4241 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4243 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4244 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4246 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4248 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4249 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4250 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4251 (concat \"make -k \"
4252 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4254 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4255 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4257 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4258 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4259 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4260 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4262 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4264 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4265 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4266 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4267 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4269 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4270 and move to the source code that caused it.
4272 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4273 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4275 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4276 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4277 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4278 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4280 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4281 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4282 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4283 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4285 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4286 kills its subprocesses.
4288 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4289 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4290 to a function that generates a unique name.
4292 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4294 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4295 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4296 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4297 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4299 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4300 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4302 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4303 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4304 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4305 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4307 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4308 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4309 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4311 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4313 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4315 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4316 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4317 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4318 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4319 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4321 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4323 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4325 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4327 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4328 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4329 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4330 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4331 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4332 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4333 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4337 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4338 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4339 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4340 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4341 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4342 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4346 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4347 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4348 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4350 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4355 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4358 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4359 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4360 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4361 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4362 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4363 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4365 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4367 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4368 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4374 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4375 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4376 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4377 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4380 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4381 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4382 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4383 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4384 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4385 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4386 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4388 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4389 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4390 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4392 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4393 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4394 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4396 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4397 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4398 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4399 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4401 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4402 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4403 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4404 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4405 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4406 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4407 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4413 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4414 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4415 Comments start with `#'.
4416 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4418 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4428 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4429 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4430 Comments start with `;'.
4431 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4433 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4435 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4436 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4437 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4439 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4440 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4444 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4445 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4446 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4447 between `/*' and `*/'.
4448 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4450 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4451 // another kind of comment
4463 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4464 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4465 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4466 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4467 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4468 `conf-space-keywords'.
4469 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4470 in an interactive fashion instead.
4472 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4474 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4476 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4480 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4482 # Standard multimedia devices
4483 add /dev/audio desktop
4484 add /dev/mixer desktop
4488 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4489 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4490 See `conf-space-mode'.
4492 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4494 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4495 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4496 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4497 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4499 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4501 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4502 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4506 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4507 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4508 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4509 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4511 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4513 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4514 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4518 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4519 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4520 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4521 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4523 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4532 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4533 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4536 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4537 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4538 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4539 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4541 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4543 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4544 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4545 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4546 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4548 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4550 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4551 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4552 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4553 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4555 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4557 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4558 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4560 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4564 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4565 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4568 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4569 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4570 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4572 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4573 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4574 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4575 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4576 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4577 following the copyright are updated as well.
4578 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4581 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4583 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4584 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4585 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4586 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4587 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4591 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4592 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4594 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4597 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4598 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4600 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4605 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19931 11784))
4606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4607 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4608 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4609 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4610 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4611 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4612 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4613 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4615 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4616 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4617 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4618 Tab indents for Perl code.
4619 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4620 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4622 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4623 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4624 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4625 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4626 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4627 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4628 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4629 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4630 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4631 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4632 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4633 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4635 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4637 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4638 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4640 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4642 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4643 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4644 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4645 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4646 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4647 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4648 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4649 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4650 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4652 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4656 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4657 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4658 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4661 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4662 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4663 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4665 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4667 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4668 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4669 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4670 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4671 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4673 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4683 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4684 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4685 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4686 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4687 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4688 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4689 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4690 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4691 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4692 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4693 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4694 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4695 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4697 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4698 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4699 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4700 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4701 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4702 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4704 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4705 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4708 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4709 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4710 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4711 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4712 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4714 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4715 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4716 span the needed amount of lines.
4718 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4719 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4720 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4721 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4723 Variables controlling indentation style:
4724 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4725 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4726 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4727 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4728 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4729 `cperl-auto-newline'
4730 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4731 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4732 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4733 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4734 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4735 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4736 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4737 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4738 `cperl-indent-level'
4739 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4740 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4741 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4742 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4743 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4744 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4745 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4746 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4747 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4748 `cperl-brace-offset'
4749 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4750 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4751 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4752 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4753 `cperl-label-offset'
4754 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4755 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4756 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4758 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4759 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4760 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4761 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4762 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4763 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4765 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4766 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4767 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4768 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4770 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4771 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4772 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4773 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4774 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4775 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4776 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4778 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4779 column 0 is indented on
4780 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4782 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4785 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4786 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4787 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4791 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4792 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4796 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4797 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4803 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4807 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4808 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4809 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4810 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4811 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4815 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4816 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4822 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4823 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4826 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4827 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4828 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4829 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4832 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4834 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4836 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4837 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4838 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4842 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4846 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4847 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4850 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4851 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4852 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4853 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4855 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4856 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4857 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4858 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4860 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4861 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4862 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4864 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4865 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4868 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4869 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4870 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4872 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4874 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4875 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4876 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4878 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4882 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19863
4884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4886 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4887 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4893 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4894 ;;;;;; (19894 39890))
4895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4897 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4898 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4899 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4902 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4904 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4906 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4907 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4908 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4909 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4910 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4912 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4913 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4914 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4915 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4916 function of these prefix keys.
4918 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4919 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4921 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4922 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4923 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4925 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4926 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4927 the prefix fallback behavior.
4929 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4930 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4931 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4932 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4936 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4937 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4943 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4944 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4945 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4946 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4947 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4948 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4949 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4950 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4951 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4952 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4953 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4954 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4956 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4957 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4959 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4961 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4962 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4964 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4966 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4967 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4969 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4970 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4972 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4973 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4975 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4976 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4978 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4979 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4981 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4983 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4985 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4986 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4987 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4989 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4990 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4992 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4993 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4995 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4996 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4998 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5000 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5002 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5003 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5006 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5007 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5009 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5010 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5012 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5013 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5015 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5017 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5019 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5020 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5021 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5022 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5023 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5027 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5028 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5029 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5030 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5034 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5035 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5037 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5039 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5040 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5042 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5044 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5046 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5047 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5049 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5051 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5053 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5054 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5055 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5057 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5059 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5060 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5061 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5062 as part of Emacs itself.
5064 Each elements looks like this:
5066 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5068 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5069 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5070 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5071 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5072 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5073 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5074 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5077 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5079 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5080 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5081 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5082 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5083 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5085 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5086 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5087 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5088 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5090 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5092 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5093 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5094 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5095 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5096 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5098 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5099 that were added or redefined since that version.
5101 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5103 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5104 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5105 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5106 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5108 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5109 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5111 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5113 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5114 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5115 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5117 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5118 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5120 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5122 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5123 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5127 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5128 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5132 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5133 Customize all already saved user options.
5137 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5138 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5144 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5145 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5146 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5147 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5148 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5149 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5151 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5153 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5154 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5155 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5156 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5158 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5161 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5163 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5165 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5166 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5168 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5170 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5171 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5172 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5173 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5174 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5177 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5179 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5180 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5181 The result includes selecting that window.
5182 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5183 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5184 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5187 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5189 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5190 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5192 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5194 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5195 File used for storing customization information.
5196 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5197 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5198 it should be an absolute file name.
5200 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5201 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5202 something like the following in your init file:
5204 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5207 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5208 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5210 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5211 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5212 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5213 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5214 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5216 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5217 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5218 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5219 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5220 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5221 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5222 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5223 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5224 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5225 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5227 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5229 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5230 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5234 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5235 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5239 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5240 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5241 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5243 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5245 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5246 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5247 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5248 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5249 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5251 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5256 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19886
5258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5260 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5261 Create or edit a custom theme.
5262 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5263 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5264 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5265 named *Custom Theme*.
5267 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5269 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5270 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5274 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5275 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5279 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5280 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5281 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5282 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5284 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5288 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5289 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5292 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5293 Mode used for cvs status output.
5299 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5300 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19845 45374))
5301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5303 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5304 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5306 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5308 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5309 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5310 C++ modes are included.
5312 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5319 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5320 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5324 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5325 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5326 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5327 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5328 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5329 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5331 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5333 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5334 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5335 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5337 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5338 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5339 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5345 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5346 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5347 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5348 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5350 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5351 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5353 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5355 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5356 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5358 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5360 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5361 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5362 For readability, the table is slightly
5363 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5365 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5366 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5367 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5368 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5369 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5371 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5375 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5376 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
5377 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5378 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5379 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5380 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5381 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5383 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5384 Completion on current word.
5385 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5386 and presents suggestions for completion.
5388 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5389 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5392 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5393 then it searches *all* buffers.
5395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5397 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5398 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5400 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5401 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5402 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5403 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5404 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5406 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5407 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5409 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5410 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5411 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5413 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5414 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5416 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5423 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5426 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5427 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5429 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5433 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19931
5435 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5437 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5438 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5439 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5440 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5441 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19890
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5451 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5452 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5454 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5455 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5456 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5458 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5459 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5460 Data lines are not indented.
5465 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5467 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5468 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5469 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5470 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5472 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5475 Extra indentation within blocks.
5477 dcl-continuation-offset
5478 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5481 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5483 dcl-margin-label-offset
5484 Indentation for a label.
5486 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5487 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5489 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5490 dcl-block-end-regexp
5491 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5492 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5493 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5494 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5495 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5497 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5498 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5499 Two such functions are included in the package:
5500 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5501 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5503 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5504 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5505 One such function is included in the package:
5506 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5508 dcl-tab-always-indent
5509 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5510 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5513 dcl-electric-characters
5514 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5517 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5518 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5519 which words trigger electric indentation.
5522 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5523 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5524 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5526 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5527 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5528 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5529 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5531 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5532 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5533 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5534 dcl-imenu-label-call
5535 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5537 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5538 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5539 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5540 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5543 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5545 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5546 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5547 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5549 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5550 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5554 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5555 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5556 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5557 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5558 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5559 \"lined up with the command line\"
5561 Data lines are not indented at all.
5562 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5567 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5568 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5574 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5575 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19942 4565))
5576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5578 (setq debugger 'debug)
5580 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5581 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5582 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5585 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5586 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5587 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5589 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5591 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5592 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5594 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5596 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5597 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5598 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5599 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5600 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5601 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5603 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5604 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5606 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5608 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5609 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5610 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5611 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5612 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5614 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5618 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5619 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
5620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5622 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5623 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5627 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5628 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5629 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5630 Upper-case letters are commands.
5632 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5635 The most useful commands are:
5636 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5637 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5638 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5639 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5640 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5641 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5648 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19886
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5652 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5653 Customization of `columns' group.
5657 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5658 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5660 START and END delimits the text region.
5662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5664 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5665 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5667 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5669 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5673 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19890
5675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5677 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5678 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5679 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5680 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5681 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5682 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5683 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5685 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5689 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5690 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5691 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5692 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5693 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5694 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5695 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5696 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5697 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5698 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5699 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5700 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5702 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5703 Directories to search when finding external units.
5704 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5705 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5709 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5710 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5711 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5712 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5713 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5714 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5715 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5716 Face used to color everything else.
5718 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5719 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5721 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5725 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19845
5727 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5729 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5731 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5732 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5733 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5736 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5738 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5740 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5741 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5742 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5743 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5745 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5746 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5747 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5754 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5755 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19849 29307))
5756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5758 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5759 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5761 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5763 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5764 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5765 or nil if there is no parent.
5766 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5767 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5768 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5769 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5770 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5772 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5773 arguments are currently understood:
5775 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5776 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5778 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5779 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5781 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5782 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5784 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5786 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5788 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5789 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5790 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5792 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5793 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5795 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5796 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5797 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5799 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5800 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5802 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5803 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5805 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5807 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5809 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5811 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5812 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5813 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5814 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5815 the first time the mode is used.
5817 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5821 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5822 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19886 45771))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5825 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5826 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5827 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5828 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5829 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5830 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5833 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5835 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5836 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5837 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5838 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5839 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5840 character composition information (if relevant),
5841 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5843 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5847 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5848 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5849 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5850 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19886 45771))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5853 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5854 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5855 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5857 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5859 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5860 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5861 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5862 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5863 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5864 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5868 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5869 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5870 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5871 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5873 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5875 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5876 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5877 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5879 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5880 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5881 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5883 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5884 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5886 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5887 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5888 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5890 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5891 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5892 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5893 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5895 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5897 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5898 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5900 Handlers are called with argument list
5902 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5904 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5906 desktop-file-version
5907 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5908 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5909 desktop-buffer-point
5911 desktop-buffer-read-only
5912 desktop-buffer-locals
5914 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5915 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5917 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5920 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5922 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5923 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5925 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5927 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5929 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5930 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5931 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5932 List elements must have the form
5934 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5936 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5939 Handlers are called with argument list
5941 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5943 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5945 desktop-file-version
5946 desktop-buffer-file-name
5948 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5949 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5950 desktop-buffer-point
5952 desktop-buffer-read-only
5955 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5956 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5959 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5962 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5964 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5965 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5967 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5969 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5971 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5973 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5975 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5976 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5977 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5981 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5982 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5983 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5984 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5985 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5987 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5989 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5990 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5991 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5995 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5996 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5997 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5998 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5999 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6000 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6001 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6002 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6004 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6006 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6007 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6008 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6012 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6013 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6014 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6015 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6018 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6020 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6021 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6025 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6026 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6033 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6034 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6037 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6038 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6039 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6040 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6041 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6042 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6044 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6046 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6047 Repair a broken attribution line.
6048 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6050 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6052 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6053 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6054 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6055 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6057 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6059 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6060 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6066 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6067 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19923 40175))
6068 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6070 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6071 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6072 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6073 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6074 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6079 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6080 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6081 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6083 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6084 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6085 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6086 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6088 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6089 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6091 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6092 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6093 calendar-date-style 'european
6094 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6096 \(diary-mail-entries)
6098 # diary-rem.el ends here
6100 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6102 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6103 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6110 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19903 54862))
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6113 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6114 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6116 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6118 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6119 The command to use to run diff.")
6121 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6123 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6124 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6125 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6126 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6127 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6128 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6130 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6131 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6132 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6134 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6137 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6138 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6139 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6140 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6141 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6143 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6146 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6147 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6149 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6153 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6154 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
6155 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6157 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6158 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6159 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6162 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6163 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6164 headers for you on-the-fly.
6166 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6167 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6168 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6174 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6175 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6176 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6182 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6185 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6186 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6187 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6189 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6193 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6194 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19927 37312))
6195 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6197 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6198 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6199 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6200 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6201 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6202 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6203 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6204 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6206 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6208 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6209 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6210 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6211 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6212 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6213 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6215 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6216 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6217 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6218 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6219 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6220 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6221 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6222 list of files to make directory entries for.
6223 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6224 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6225 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6226 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6228 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6230 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6231 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6233 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6234 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6236 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6237 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6239 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6240 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6242 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6245 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6247 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6249 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6250 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6251 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6252 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6253 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6254 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6255 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6256 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6257 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6258 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6259 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6260 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6261 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6262 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6263 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6264 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6265 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6266 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6267 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6268 to see why something went wrong.
6269 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6270 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6271 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6272 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6273 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6274 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6275 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6276 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6277 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6278 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6279 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6280 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6281 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6283 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6284 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6285 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6286 again for the directory tree.
6288 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6291 `dired-listing-switches'
6292 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6293 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6296 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6297 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6298 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6299 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6301 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6303 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6304 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6311 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6312 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6316 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6317 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6320 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6321 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6322 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6323 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6324 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6325 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6326 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6330 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6331 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6332 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6334 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6336 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6337 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6339 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6343 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19931
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6347 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6348 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6349 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6350 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6351 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6352 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6354 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6358 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6359 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6360 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6361 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6362 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6363 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19845 45374))
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6366 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6367 Return a new, empty display table.
6371 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6372 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6373 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6374 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6375 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6377 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6379 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6380 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6381 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6382 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6383 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6385 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6387 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6388 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6392 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6393 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6397 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6398 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6400 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6401 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6403 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6404 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6407 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6408 in the default way after this call.
6412 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6413 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6417 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6418 Display character C using printable string S.
6422 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6423 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6424 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6425 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6427 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6429 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6430 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6431 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6434 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6436 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6437 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6439 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6441 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6442 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6444 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6446 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6447 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6449 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6451 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6452 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6454 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6456 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6457 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6459 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6461 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6462 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6464 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6465 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6467 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6468 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6470 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6471 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6472 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6473 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6475 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6476 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6477 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6484 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6485 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6488 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6489 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6490 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6491 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6492 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6493 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6494 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19886 45771))
6502 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6504 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6505 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6506 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6507 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6508 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6509 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6511 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6512 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6513 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6514 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6515 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6517 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6521 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6522 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6525 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6526 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6527 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6528 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6529 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6530 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6531 table and its own syntax table.
6533 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6536 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6538 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6539 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6545 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6546 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19913
6548 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6550 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6551 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6552 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6553 OpenDocument format).
6555 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6557 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6558 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6560 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6561 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6563 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6564 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6565 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6569 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6570 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6571 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6572 to the next best mode.
6576 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6577 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6578 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6579 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6583 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6590 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19890 42850))
6591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6593 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6594 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6600 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19845 45374))
6601 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6603 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6605 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6608 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6609 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6615 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6618 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6619 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6625 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6626 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6627 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19845 45374))
6628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6630 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6632 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6633 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6634 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6635 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6637 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6638 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6639 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6640 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6641 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6642 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6643 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6645 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6646 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6647 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6648 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6649 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6652 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6653 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6654 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6655 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6656 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6657 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6658 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6659 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6660 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6661 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6662 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6663 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6664 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6665 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6666 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6667 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6668 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6670 For example, you could write
6671 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6672 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6675 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6677 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6679 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6681 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6682 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6683 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6684 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6685 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6686 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6687 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6688 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6689 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6690 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6691 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6692 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6694 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6695 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6696 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6697 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6698 call another major mode in their body.
6700 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6702 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6703 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6704 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6705 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6706 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6707 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6708 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6710 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6712 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6713 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6714 :inherit Parent keymap.
6716 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6717 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6719 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6721 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6722 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6723 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6724 the constant's documentation.
6726 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6728 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6729 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6730 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6732 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6737 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6741 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6742 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6744 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6745 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6746 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6748 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6749 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6753 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6754 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6758 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6759 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6763 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6764 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6766 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6768 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6770 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6772 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6773 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6775 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6776 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6778 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6780 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6782 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6786 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6787 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6788 computed automatically.
6789 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6793 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6795 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6796 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6797 keyboard equivalent.
6801 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6802 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6806 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6807 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6811 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6812 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6816 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6817 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6821 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6825 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6826 radio: A radio button.
6827 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6828 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6830 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6834 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6835 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6839 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6841 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6842 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6843 as a solid horizontal line.
6845 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6847 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6849 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6851 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6854 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6856 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6857 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6858 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6859 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6861 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6863 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6864 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6865 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6866 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6867 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6868 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6870 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6871 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6872 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6874 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6875 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6876 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6878 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6879 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6881 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6885 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6886 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6887 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6888 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6889 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6890 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6891 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6892 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19845 45374))
6893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6895 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6896 Customization for ebnf group.
6900 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6901 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6903 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6905 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6908 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6910 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6912 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6913 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6915 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6916 killed after process termination.
6918 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6920 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6922 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6923 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6925 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6926 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6929 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6930 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6931 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6932 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6934 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6936 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6937 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6938 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6940 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6942 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6943 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6945 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6947 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6950 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6952 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6954 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6955 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6957 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6958 killed after process termination.
6960 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6962 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6964 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6965 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6966 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6967 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6969 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6973 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6974 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6975 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6977 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6979 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6981 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6982 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6984 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6986 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6989 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6991 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6993 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6994 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6996 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6997 killed after EPS generation.
6999 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7001 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7003 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7004 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7006 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7007 The EPS file name has the following form:
7009 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7011 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7012 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7014 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7015 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7016 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7017 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7018 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7020 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7028 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7029 The EPS file name has the following form:
7031 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7033 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7034 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7036 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7037 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7038 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7039 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7040 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7042 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7045 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7047 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7049 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7050 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7052 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7054 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7057 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7059 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7061 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7062 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7064 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7065 killed after syntax checking.
7067 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7069 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7071 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7072 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7076 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7077 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7079 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7081 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7082 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7086 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7087 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7089 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7096 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7098 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7100 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7107 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7108 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7110 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7112 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Set STYLE as the current style.
7117 Returns the old style symbol.
7119 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7123 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7124 Reset current style.
7126 Returns the old style symbol.
7128 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7130 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7135 Returns the old style symbol.
7137 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7139 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7141 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7146 Returns the old style symbol.
7148 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7150 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7156 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7157 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7158 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7159 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7160 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7161 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7162 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7163 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7164 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7165 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7166 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19890
7168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7170 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7171 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7172 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7173 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7174 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7175 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7177 Tree mode key bindings:
7178 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7182 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7183 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7187 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7188 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7193 View declaration of member at point.
7197 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7198 Find declaration of member at point.
7202 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7203 View definition of member at point.
7207 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7208 Find definition of member at point.
7212 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7213 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7217 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7218 View definition of member at point in other window.
7222 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7223 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7227 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7228 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7232 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7233 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7237 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7238 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7242 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7243 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7244 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7245 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7248 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7251 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7252 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7253 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7255 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7258 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7259 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7260 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7262 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7264 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7265 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7266 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7268 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7270 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7271 Search for call sites of a member.
7272 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7273 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7274 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7275 looks like a function call to the member.
7277 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7280 Move backward in the position stack.
7281 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7285 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7286 Move forward in the position stack.
7287 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7291 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7292 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7296 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7297 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7301 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7302 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7303 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7304 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7306 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7309 Display statistics for a class tree.
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7316 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7317 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7319 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7320 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7321 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7322 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7324 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7325 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7326 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7328 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7329 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7330 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7332 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7334 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7340 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7341 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19886 45771))
7342 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7344 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7345 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7346 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7348 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7352 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7353 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7356 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7363 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19914 25180))
7364 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7366 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7367 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7368 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7370 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7371 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7373 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7375 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7376 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7377 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7378 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7380 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7381 an EDE controlled project.
7383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7387 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7388 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7389 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19863 8742))
7390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7392 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7393 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7394 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7395 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7396 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7398 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7399 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7400 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7401 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7403 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7405 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7406 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7407 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7408 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7410 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7412 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7413 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7414 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7415 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7417 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7419 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7421 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7422 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7423 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7424 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7425 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7427 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7428 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7429 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7430 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7431 instrumented for Edebug.
7433 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7434 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7435 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7436 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7441 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7442 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7446 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7447 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7453 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7454 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7455 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7456 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7457 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7458 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7459 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7460 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7461 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7462 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19845 45374))
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7465 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7466 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7468 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7471 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7473 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7475 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7477 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7479 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7480 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7481 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7482 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7486 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7487 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7488 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7489 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7493 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7494 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7496 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7498 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7500 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7501 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7503 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7505 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7507 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7508 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7509 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7510 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7512 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7514 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7516 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7517 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7518 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7519 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7521 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7523 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7525 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7526 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7527 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7528 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7530 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7532 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7534 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7535 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7536 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7537 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7539 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7541 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7543 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7544 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7545 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7546 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7547 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7548 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7550 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7552 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7553 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7554 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7555 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7557 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7559 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7561 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7562 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7563 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7564 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7566 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7568 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7570 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7572 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7573 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7574 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7576 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7577 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7579 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7581 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7582 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7583 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7585 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7586 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7588 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7591 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7592 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7593 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7594 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7596 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7598 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7599 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7600 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7601 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7602 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7603 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7605 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7607 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7609 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7610 Merge two files without ancestor.
7612 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7614 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7615 Merge two files with ancestor.
7617 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7619 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7621 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7622 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7624 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7627 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7629 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7631 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7632 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7633 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7636 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7638 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7640 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7643 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7646 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7647 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7648 and don't ask the user.
7649 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7650 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7652 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7654 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7655 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7656 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7657 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7658 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7659 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7660 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7661 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7663 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7665 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7667 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7669 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7670 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7671 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7672 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7673 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7675 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7677 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7679 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7680 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7681 When called interactively, displays the version.
7685 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7686 Display Ediff's manual.
7687 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7689 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7694 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7697 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7704 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7705 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7706 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7708 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7709 Display Ediff's registry.
7713 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7717 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7718 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19931 11784))
7719 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7721 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7722 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7723 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7728 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7729 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7730 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7731 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7738 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7742 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7743 Edit a keyboard macro.
7744 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7745 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7746 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7748 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7750 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7752 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7753 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7755 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7758 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7760 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7762 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7763 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7764 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7765 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7766 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7767 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7769 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7770 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7771 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7772 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7774 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7776 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7777 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7778 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7779 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7780 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7781 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7783 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7787 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7788 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19845 45374))
7789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7791 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7793 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7794 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7796 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7798 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7799 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7805 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7806 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7809 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7810 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7811 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7812 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7813 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7814 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7815 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7817 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7818 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7820 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7821 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7822 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7823 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7825 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7826 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7827 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7829 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7830 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7831 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7833 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7835 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7838 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7843 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19845 45374))
7844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7846 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7847 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7849 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7851 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7852 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7853 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7854 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7855 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7856 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7857 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7859 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7864 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7868 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7869 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7870 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7871 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7872 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7873 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7876 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7877 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7878 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7881 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7882 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7886 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7887 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19886 45771))
7888 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7890 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7891 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7893 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7894 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7895 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7898 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7900 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7902 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7903 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7904 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7908 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7909 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7910 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7912 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7913 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7915 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7917 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7918 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7922 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7923 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7924 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7927 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7929 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7931 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7932 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7938 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7942 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7943 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7945 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7946 an elided material again.
7948 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7954 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7955 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7956 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7959 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7964 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7965 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7966 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7968 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7971 Lint the current buffer.
7972 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7976 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7977 Lint the function at point.
7978 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7982 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7984 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7985 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7987 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7992 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19845
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7996 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7997 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7998 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8000 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8002 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8003 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8004 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8005 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8007 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8010 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8011 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8013 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8015 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8017 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8018 Display current profiling results.
8019 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8020 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8028 ;;;;;; (19942 4565))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8031 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8032 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8033 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8035 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8039 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8040 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8041 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8042 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8043 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19845 45374))
8044 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8046 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8047 Run Emerge on two files.
8049 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8051 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8052 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8054 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8056 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8057 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8059 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8061 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8062 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8064 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8066 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8071 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8076 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8079 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8081 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8084 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8086 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8087 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8089 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8091 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8092 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8094 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8096 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8099 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8104 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8107 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8108 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8109 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8110 text/enriched format.
8111 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8113 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8114 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8118 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8122 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8125 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8127 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8130 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8134 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8135 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8136 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8137 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8138 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8139 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19865
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8143 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8144 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8146 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8148 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8149 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8151 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8153 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8154 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8155 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8156 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8157 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8158 the keys are listed.
8159 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8161 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8163 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8168 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8173 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8174 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8176 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8178 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8179 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8181 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8183 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8184 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8186 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8187 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8188 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8189 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8190 should consider using the string based counterpart
8191 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8192 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8196 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8197 (decode-coding-string
8198 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8201 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8203 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8204 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8206 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8207 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8211 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8212 Verify the current region between START and END.
8214 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8215 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8216 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8217 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8218 should consider using the string based counterpart
8219 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8220 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8224 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8225 (decode-coding-string
8226 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8229 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8231 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8232 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8233 between START and END.
8235 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8236 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8238 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8241 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8243 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8244 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8245 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8246 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8247 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8248 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8252 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8255 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8257 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8260 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8262 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8263 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8264 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8265 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8266 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8267 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8271 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8274 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8277 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8279 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8280 Delete selected KEYS.
8282 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8284 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8285 Import keys from FILE.
8289 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8290 Import keys from the region.
8292 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8294 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8295 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8296 between START and END.
8298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8301 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8303 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8305 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8306 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8312 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8313 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8316 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8317 Decrypt marked files.
8321 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8322 Verify marked files.
8326 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8331 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8332 Encrypt marked files.
8338 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8339 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19865 50420))
8340 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8342 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8345 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8347 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8352 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8359 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8360 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8361 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19865 50420))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8364 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8365 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8369 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8370 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8371 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8373 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8377 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8378 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8379 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8381 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8385 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8386 Sign the current buffer.
8387 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8389 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8391 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8393 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8394 Encrypt the current buffer.
8395 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8397 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8399 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8402 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8403 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8405 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8409 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8410 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8411 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8413 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8414 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8416 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8418 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8419 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8425 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19865 50420))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8428 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8429 Return a context object.
8431 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8436 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8437 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8439 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8440 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8444 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8445 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8447 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8449 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8450 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8452 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8457 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19903 54862))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8460 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8461 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8465 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8466 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8467 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8469 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8471 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8472 (server (erc-compute-server))
8473 (port (erc-compute-port))
8474 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8476 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8478 That is, if called with
8480 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8482 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8483 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8484 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8486 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8488 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8490 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8491 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8492 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8493 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8495 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19845
8501 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8502 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19895 48172))
8507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8508 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8513 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8514 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8520 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8524 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8525 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19895 48172))
8526 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8527 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8529 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8530 Parser for /dcc command.
8531 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8532 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8533 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8535 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8537 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8538 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8542 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8543 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8545 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8546 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8547 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8550 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8554 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8555 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8556 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8557 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8558 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8561 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8562 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8564 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8566 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8567 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8568 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8569 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8571 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8573 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8576 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8578 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8579 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8581 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8583 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8584 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8586 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8588 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8589 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8591 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8593 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8594 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8596 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8598 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8599 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8601 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8603 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8604 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8606 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8608 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8609 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8613 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8614 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8620 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19845
8622 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8623 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8625 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8626 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8627 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8634 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8635 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8636 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8638 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8639 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8640 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8641 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8642 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8643 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8646 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8651 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8655 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8656 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8659 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8668 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8673 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8674 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8678 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8679 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19845 45374))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8681 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8683 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8684 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8685 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8686 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8687 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8688 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8690 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8692 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8693 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8694 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8695 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8697 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8698 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8701 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8702 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8704 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8708 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8709 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8710 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8711 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8713 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8715 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8716 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8720 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8721 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8725 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8726 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8730 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8731 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8735 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8736 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8740 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8741 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8745 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8746 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8750 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8751 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8759 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8763 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8764 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8766 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8768 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8776 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8780 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8781 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8782 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8786 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8787 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8793 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8794 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19845 45374))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8796 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8798 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8799 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8800 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8801 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8803 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8805 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8814 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19936
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8821 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8827 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8833 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8837 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8838 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8842 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8843 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8847 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8848 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8849 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8851 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8857 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8861 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8862 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8863 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8865 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8866 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8867 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8876 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8882 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8887 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8890 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8891 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8892 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8894 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8896 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8897 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8900 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8901 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8902 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8909 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8910 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8912 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8914 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8915 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8916 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8917 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8919 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8921 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8922 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8923 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8929 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8930 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8932 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8934 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8935 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
8942 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
8943 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19846 36966))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
8946 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
8947 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
8949 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
8950 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
8952 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
8955 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
8957 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
8958 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
8959 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
8961 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
8963 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
8965 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
8967 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
8969 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8971 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
8972 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
8974 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
8975 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
8976 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
8977 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
8979 Returns the stats object.
8981 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8983 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
8984 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
8986 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
8987 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
8988 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
8991 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8993 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
8994 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
8996 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
8997 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
8998 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
8999 and how to display message.
9001 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9003 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9005 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9006 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9008 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9013 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9016 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9018 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9019 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9025 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19890
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9029 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9030 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9038 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9039 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19845 45374))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9042 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9043 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9044 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9045 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9046 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9047 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9048 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9049 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9050 buffer selected (or created).
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9055 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9056 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9058 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9060 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9061 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9062 The result might be any Lisp object.
9063 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9064 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9065 corresponding to a successful execution.
9067 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9069 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9073 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9074 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9075 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9076 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9077 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9078 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9079 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9080 ;;;;;; (19936 52203))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9083 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9084 *File name of tags table.
9085 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9086 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9087 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9088 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9089 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9091 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9092 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9093 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9094 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9096 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9098 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9099 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9100 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9101 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9102 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9103 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9105 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9107 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9108 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9109 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9110 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9111 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9112 `auto-compression-mode').")
9114 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9116 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9117 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9118 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9119 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9120 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9122 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9124 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9125 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9126 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9127 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9129 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9131 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9132 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9133 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9134 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9135 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9137 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9139 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9140 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9144 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9145 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9146 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9147 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9149 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9150 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9151 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9152 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9153 file the tag was in.
9155 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9157 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9158 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9159 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9160 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9161 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9162 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9163 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9164 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9165 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9167 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9169 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9170 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9171 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9172 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9173 without directory names.
9176 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9177 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9180 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9182 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9183 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9184 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9185 but does not select the buffer.
9186 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9188 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9189 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9190 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9191 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9192 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9194 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9196 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9197 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9198 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9200 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9202 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9204 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9205 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9206 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9207 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9209 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9210 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9211 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9212 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9213 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9215 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9217 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9218 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9219 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9221 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9223 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9224 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9226 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9227 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9228 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9229 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9230 around or before point.
9232 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9233 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9234 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9235 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9236 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9238 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9240 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9241 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9242 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9244 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9246 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9247 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9249 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9250 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9251 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9252 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9253 around or before point.
9255 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9256 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9257 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9258 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9259 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9261 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9263 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9264 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9265 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9267 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9269 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9270 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9272 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9273 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9274 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9276 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9277 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9278 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9279 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9280 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9282 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9284 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9285 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9286 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9288 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9290 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9291 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9292 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9294 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9295 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9297 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9298 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9299 where they were found.
9303 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9304 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9306 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9307 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9308 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9310 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9311 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9313 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9314 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9316 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9318 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9319 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9320 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9321 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9323 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9324 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9325 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9326 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9327 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9329 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9330 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9332 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9333 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9334 Stops when a match is found.
9335 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9337 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9339 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9341 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9342 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9343 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9344 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9345 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9346 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9347 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9348 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9350 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9351 produce the list of files to search.
9353 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9355 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9357 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9358 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9359 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9360 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9361 directory specification.
9363 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9365 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9366 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9368 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9370 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9371 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9372 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9373 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9377 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9378 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9379 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9380 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9381 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9388 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9389 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9390 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9391 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9392 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9393 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9394 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9397 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9402 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9403 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9405 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9406 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9408 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9409 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9412 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9413 even if the buffer is read-only.
9415 See also the descriptions of the variables
9416 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9418 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9420 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9421 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9423 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9424 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9426 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9427 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9430 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9431 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9433 See also the descriptions of the variables
9434 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9436 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9438 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9439 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9440 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9441 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9443 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9445 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9446 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9447 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9448 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9450 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9451 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9454 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9455 buffer is read-only.
9457 See also the descriptions of the variables
9458 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9459 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9461 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9463 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9464 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9466 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9467 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9469 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9470 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9471 the primary language.
9473 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9474 buffer is read-only.
9476 See also the descriptions of the variables
9477 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9478 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9480 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9482 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9483 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9484 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9486 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9488 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9489 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9493 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9494 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9496 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9497 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9500 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9501 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9502 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9504 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9506 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9508 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9509 This function is deprecated.
9513 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9514 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9518 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9519 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9523 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9524 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9526 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9527 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9529 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9530 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9534 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9535 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9539 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9540 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9544 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9545 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9549 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9550 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9551 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9555 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9558 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9562 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9563 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9564 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9567 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9568 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9569 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9570 server for future sessions.
9572 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9574 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9575 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9576 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9578 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9580 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9581 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9582 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9584 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9586 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9587 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9588 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9589 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9590 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9591 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9592 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9593 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9594 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9595 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9596 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9597 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9599 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9601 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9602 Display a form to query the directory server.
9603 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9604 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9606 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9608 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9609 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9610 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9614 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9618 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9619 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9620 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9621 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9623 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9624 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9626 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9628 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9629 Display URL and make it clickable.
9633 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9634 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9636 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9638 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9639 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9641 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9643 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9644 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9646 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9648 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9649 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9651 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9655 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9656 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19931 11784))
9657 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9659 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9660 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9661 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9665 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9666 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9672 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9673 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9674 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9676 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9677 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9683 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9687 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9688 Create an empty ewoc.
9690 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9692 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9693 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9694 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9695 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9696 `insert-before-markers'.
9698 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9699 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9700 respectively, of the ewoc.
9702 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9703 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9704 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9706 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9711 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9712 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9713 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
9714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9716 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9717 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9718 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9720 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9722 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9723 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9724 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9725 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9726 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9728 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9730 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9731 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9732 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9733 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9734 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9737 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9739 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9740 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9741 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9745 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9746 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9747 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9755 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9756 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9759 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9760 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9761 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9762 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9764 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9766 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9767 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9768 to generate such functions.
9770 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9771 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9772 beginning of the expanded text.
9774 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9775 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9776 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9777 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9779 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9781 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9783 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9784 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9785 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9789 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9790 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9791 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9795 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9796 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9797 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9800 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9801 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19931 11784))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9808 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9809 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9810 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9812 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9813 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9814 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9816 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9821 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9824 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9826 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9828 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9829 `f90-program-indent'
9830 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9832 `f90-continuation-indent'
9833 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9834 `f90-comment-region'
9835 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9836 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9837 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9838 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9840 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9841 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9842 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9843 `f90-break-delimiters'
9844 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9845 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9846 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9847 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9849 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9850 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9852 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9853 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9854 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9855 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9856 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9857 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9859 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9861 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9862 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9869 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9870 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9871 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19845
9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9875 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9876 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9878 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9879 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9881 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9882 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9883 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9884 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9885 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9886 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9887 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9889 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9890 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9891 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9893 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9895 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9896 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9898 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9900 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9901 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9902 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9903 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9904 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9905 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9907 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9909 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9910 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9911 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9913 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9914 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9915 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9920 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9921 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9922 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9924 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9925 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9926 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9927 will remove any scaling currently active.
9931 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9932 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9933 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9936 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9937 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9938 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9939 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9941 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9942 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9944 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9945 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9947 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9948 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9949 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9951 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9952 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9953 is one of the above.
9955 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9956 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9957 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9958 will remove any scaling currently active.
9960 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9961 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9962 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9963 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9964 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9968 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9969 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9970 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9971 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9975 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9976 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9977 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9978 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9979 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9981 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9982 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9984 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9986 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9987 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9988 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9989 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9991 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9992 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9993 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9994 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9996 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9997 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9999 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10001 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10002 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10003 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10004 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10011 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10012 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19931 11784))
10013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10015 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10016 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10017 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10018 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10022 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10023 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10027 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10028 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10029 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10030 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10034 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10035 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10036 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10037 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10038 backup file names and the like).
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10042 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10043 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10044 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10045 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10046 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10047 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10048 internally by feedmail):
10050 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10051 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10052 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10053 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10055 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10056 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10057 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10058 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10059 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10061 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10066 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19845 45374))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10069 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10070 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10071 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10072 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10073 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10074 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10075 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10077 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10079 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10080 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10081 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10082 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10083 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10084 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10085 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10087 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10089 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10091 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10092 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10093 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10094 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10095 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10096 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10098 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10100 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10101 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10102 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10104 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10105 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10110 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10111 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10112 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10114 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10116 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
10117 Try to get a file name at point.
10118 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
10120 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10121 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10127 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10128 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10129 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10130 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10131 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10133 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10134 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10135 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10136 be added to the cache.
10138 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10140 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10141 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10142 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10143 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10144 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10146 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10148 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10149 Add FILE to the file cache.
10153 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10154 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10155 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10157 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10159 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10160 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10161 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10163 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10165 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10166 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10167 This function does not use any external programs.
10168 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10169 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10170 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10172 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10174 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10175 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10176 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10177 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10178 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10179 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10180 \(directories) is done.
10186 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10187 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10188 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10189 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10190 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19886 45771))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10193 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10194 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10196 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10197 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10198 Local Variables list.
10200 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10201 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10202 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10204 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10206 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10207 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10209 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10211 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10212 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10214 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10215 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10218 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10219 then this function adds it.
10221 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10223 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10224 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10226 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10228 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10229 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10231 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10233 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10234 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10236 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10238 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10239 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10243 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10244 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10248 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10249 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19845
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10259 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10260 Filesets initialization.
10261 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10267 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10270 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10271 Initiate the building of a find command.
10274 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10275 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10277 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10279 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10280 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10282 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10286 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10287 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19864 29553))
10288 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10290 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10291 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10292 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10294 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10296 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10297 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10299 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10301 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10302 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10303 and run dired on those files.
10304 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10305 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10307 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10309 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10311 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10312 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10313 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10315 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10316 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10318 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10319 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10321 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10326 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10327 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10330 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10331 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10332 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10333 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10334 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10335 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10336 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10338 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10339 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10340 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10342 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10344 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10346 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10348 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10349 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10350 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10352 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10353 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10355 Variables of interest include:
10357 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10358 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10359 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10361 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10362 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10363 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10365 - `ff-ignore-include'
10366 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10368 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10369 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10372 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10374 - `ff-special-constructs'
10375 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10376 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10377 extracting the filename from that construct.
10379 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10380 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10382 - `ff-search-directories'
10383 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10384 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10386 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10387 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10389 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10390 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10392 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10393 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10395 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10396 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10398 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10399 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10401 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10403 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10404 Visit the file you click on.
10406 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10408 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10409 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10411 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10416 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10417 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10418 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10419 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10420 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10421 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19845 45374))
10422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10424 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10425 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10426 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10428 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10430 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10431 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10432 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10433 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10435 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10436 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10437 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10438 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10440 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10442 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10443 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10445 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10446 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10447 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10448 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10450 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10451 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10454 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10456 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10457 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10459 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10460 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10461 places point before the definition.
10462 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10464 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10465 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10466 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10468 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10470 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10471 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10473 See `find-function' for more details.
10475 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10477 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10478 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10480 See `find-function' for more details.
10482 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10484 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10485 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10487 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10488 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10489 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10491 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10492 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10494 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10496 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10497 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10499 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10500 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10501 places point before the definition.
10503 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10505 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10506 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10507 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10509 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10511 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10512 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10514 See `find-variable' for more details.
10516 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10518 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10519 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10521 See `find-variable' for more details.
10523 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10525 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10526 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10527 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10528 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10529 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10530 buffer nor display it.
10532 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10533 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10535 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10537 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10538 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10540 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10541 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10542 places point before the definition.
10544 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10546 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10547 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10548 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10552 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10553 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10554 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10558 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10559 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10563 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10564 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10568 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10569 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10575 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10576 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19886 45771))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10579 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10580 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10582 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10584 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10585 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10589 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10590 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10592 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10597 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19893 19022))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10600 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10601 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10605 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10606 Display FILE's commentary section.
10607 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10611 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10612 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10619 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10622 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10623 Toggle flow control handling.
10624 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10625 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10627 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10629 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10630 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10631 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10632 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10633 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10634 to get the effect of a C-q.
10636 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10640 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10641 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10644 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10647 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10649 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10652 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10657 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19890 42850))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10660 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10661 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10662 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10663 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10667 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10668 Turn flymake mode on.
10672 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10673 Turn flymake mode off.
10679 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10680 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10681 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19931 11784))
10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10684 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10685 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10688 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10690 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10691 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10692 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10693 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10694 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10695 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10696 otherwise turn it off.
10699 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10700 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10701 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10702 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10705 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10708 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10709 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10710 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10712 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10714 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10715 in your .emacs file.
10717 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10718 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10722 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10723 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10727 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10728 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10732 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10733 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10737 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10738 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10740 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10742 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10743 Flyspell whole buffer.
10749 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10750 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10751 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
10752 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10754 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10755 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10759 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10760 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10764 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10765 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10767 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10768 of two major techniques:
10770 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10771 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10772 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10774 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10775 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10776 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10779 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10780 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10781 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10782 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10783 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10786 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10787 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10789 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10791 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10792 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10793 \(This is the default.)
10795 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10797 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10798 \\{follow-mode-map}
10800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10802 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10803 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10805 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10806 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10807 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10808 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10809 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10810 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10812 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10813 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10814 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10816 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10817 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10818 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10824 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19913
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10828 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10829 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10830 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10831 started, play around with the following keys:
10832 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10839 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19886 45771))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10842 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10843 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10845 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10846 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10847 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10848 C-c < forms-first-record <
10849 C-c > forms-last-record >
10850 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10851 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10852 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10853 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10854 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10855 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10856 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10857 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10858 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10859 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10861 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10863 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10864 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10868 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10869 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10875 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10876 ;;;;;; (19905 10215))
10877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10879 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10880 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10881 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10883 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10884 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10886 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10889 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10891 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10893 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10894 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10895 `fortran-do-indent'
10896 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10897 `fortran-if-indent'
10898 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10899 `fortran-structure-indent'
10900 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10902 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10903 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10904 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10905 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10906 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10907 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10908 nil don't change the indentation
10909 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10911 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10912 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10913 depending on the continuation format in use.
10914 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10915 indentation for a line of code.
10917 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10918 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10919 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10920 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10921 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10922 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10923 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10924 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10925 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10926 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10928 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10929 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10930 statements (default nil).
10931 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10932 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10933 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10934 `fortran-continuation-string'
10935 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10936 line (default \"$\").
10937 `fortran-comment-region'
10938 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10939 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10940 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10941 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10942 as typed (default t).
10943 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10944 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10946 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10947 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10953 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10954 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19931 11784))
10955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10957 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10958 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10960 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10961 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10963 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10965 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10966 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10968 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10969 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10971 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10973 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10974 Compile fortune file.
10976 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10977 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10979 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10981 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10982 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10984 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10985 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10986 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10987 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10989 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10991 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10992 Display a fortune cookie.
10993 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10994 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10995 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10996 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10998 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11003 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11006 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11007 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11009 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
11011 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11012 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11013 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11014 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11016 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11017 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11018 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11019 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11021 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11022 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11023 shown in some of the buffers.
11025 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11027 The following commands help control operation :
11029 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11030 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11032 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11033 detailed description of this mode.
11036 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11038 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11039 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11043 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11044 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11045 | | (comint-mode) |
11052 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11053 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11054 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11055 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11056 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11057 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11059 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11064 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11068 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11069 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11070 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11071 instead (which see).")
11073 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11074 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11076 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11077 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11078 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11079 documentation string instead.
11081 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11082 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11083 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11084 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11085 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11086 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11087 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11088 enders are actually possible.
11090 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11091 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11093 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11094 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11095 `font-lock-keywords'.
11097 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11098 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11099 runs the macro expansion.
11101 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11102 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11103 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11105 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11107 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
11109 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11111 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11112 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11114 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11116 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11117 Enter generic mode MODE.
11119 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11120 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11121 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11123 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11124 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11128 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11129 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11130 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11131 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11132 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11133 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11134 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11135 `font-lock-keywords'.
11137 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11142 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11145 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11146 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11147 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11148 at places they belong to.
11150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11155 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11159 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11160 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11161 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11163 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11165 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11166 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11168 Guideline for numbers:
11170 3 - non-serious error messages
11171 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11172 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11173 9 - messages inside loops.
11175 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11177 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11178 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11179 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11181 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11183 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11184 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11186 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11188 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11189 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11191 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11192 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11193 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11194 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11195 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11196 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11198 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11199 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11200 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11201 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11202 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11204 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11206 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11211 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19931 11784))
11212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11213 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11214 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11216 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11217 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11221 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11223 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11224 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11225 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11226 name of an NNTP server to use.
11227 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11230 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11232 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11233 Read news as a slave.
11235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11237 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11238 Pop up a frame to read news.
11239 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11240 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11241 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11242 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11243 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11244 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11245 current display is used.
11247 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11249 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11251 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11252 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11253 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11255 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11259 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11260 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11261 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11262 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11263 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11264 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19903 54862))
11265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11267 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11268 Start Gnus unplugged.
11272 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11273 Start Gnus plugged.
11277 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11278 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11282 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11283 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11285 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11286 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11287 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11289 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11290 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11291 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11295 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11296 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11300 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11301 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11302 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11303 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11304 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11307 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11309 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11310 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11311 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11312 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11313 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11316 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11318 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11319 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11323 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11324 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11325 downloaded into the agent.
11327 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11329 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11330 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11331 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11332 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11334 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11336 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11337 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11341 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11342 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11346 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11347 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11348 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11350 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11355 ;;;;;; (19931 34253))
11356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11358 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11359 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11366 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11369 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11370 Set a bookmark for this article.
11374 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11375 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11377 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11379 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11380 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11381 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11382 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11383 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11389 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11390 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11391 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11395 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11396 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11399 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11403 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11404 Generate the cache active file.
11406 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11408 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11409 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11413 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11414 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11415 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11416 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11417 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11420 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11422 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11423 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11424 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11425 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11426 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11429 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11434 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19931 11784))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11437 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11438 Delay this article by some time.
11439 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11441 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11442 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11444 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11445 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11447 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11448 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11450 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11452 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11453 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11457 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11458 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11459 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11460 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11462 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11463 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11465 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11469 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11470 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19845 45374))
11471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11473 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11476 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11478 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11481 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11485 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11486 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11489 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11490 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11496 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11497 ;;;;;; (19881 27850))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11500 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11501 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11507 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11508 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11509 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19845
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11513 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11514 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11518 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11519 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11523 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11524 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11526 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11527 different input formats.
11531 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11532 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11534 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11535 different input formats.
11539 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11540 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11541 The PNG is returned as a string.
11543 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11545 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11546 Convert FILE to a Face.
11547 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11550 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11555 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11558 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11559 Display gravatar in the From header.
11560 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11562 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11564 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11565 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11566 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11568 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11572 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11573 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19940 49234))
11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11576 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11577 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11578 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11579 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11581 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11583 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11584 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11586 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11590 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11591 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19917 1372))
11592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11594 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11597 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11599 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11602 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11606 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11607 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11610 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11612 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11613 Run batched scoring.
11614 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11621 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11622 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11625 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11630 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11631 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11632 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11634 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11636 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11637 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11639 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11645 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11646 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11647 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11650 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11651 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11652 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11653 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11656 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11657 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11658 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11659 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11661 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11662 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11663 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11664 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11665 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11666 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11667 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11668 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11669 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11670 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11672 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11674 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11675 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11676 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11679 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11680 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11682 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11684 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11685 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11686 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11688 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11692 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11693 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11694 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11696 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11698 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11699 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11700 existing groups are considered.
11702 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11703 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11706 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11707 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11708 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11709 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11710 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11711 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11712 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11713 clauses will be generated.
11715 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11716 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11717 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11718 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11719 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11720 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11722 For example, given the following group parameters:
11725 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11726 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11728 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11729 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11730 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11731 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11733 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11735 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11737 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11739 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11740 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11743 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11747 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11748 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19845 45374))
11749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11751 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11752 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11753 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11754 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11756 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
11758 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11761 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11763 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11764 Like `message-reply'.
11766 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11768 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11772 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11773 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11774 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11775 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11777 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11778 Display picons in the From header.
11779 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11783 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11784 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11785 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11789 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11790 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11791 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11798 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11799 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11800 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11801 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11804 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11805 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11806 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11807 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11809 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11811 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11812 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11813 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11816 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11818 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11819 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11820 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11822 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11827 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11830 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11831 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11833 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11835 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11836 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11837 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11839 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11841 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11843 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11844 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11845 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11847 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11849 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11850 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11851 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11853 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11855 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11856 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11857 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11859 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11862 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11864 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11869 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19942 4565))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11872 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11873 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11877 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11878 Install the registry hooks.
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11885 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11889 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11890 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11891 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11892 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11893 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11894 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11898 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11899 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11900 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11901 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11902 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11906 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11913 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11914 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11917 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11918 Update the format specification near point.
11924 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11925 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11928 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11929 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11931 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11935 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11936 ;;;;;; (19942 4565))
11937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11939 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
11940 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11941 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11943 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11948 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
11949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11951 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
11952 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11956 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
11957 Install the sync hooks.
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11964 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11967 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11968 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11970 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11974 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19889 21967))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11977 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11978 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11980 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11981 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11982 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11984 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11985 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11986 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11988 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11989 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11991 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11992 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11994 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11996 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12001 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19845
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12005 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12007 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12008 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12009 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12010 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12011 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12013 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12015 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12016 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12017 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12019 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12020 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12022 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12023 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12026 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12028 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12029 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12033 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12034 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12040 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12041 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12044 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12045 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12046 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12048 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12050 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12051 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12053 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12057 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12058 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12059 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19930 13389))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12062 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12063 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12065 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12067 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12068 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12069 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12070 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12071 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12073 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12074 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12075 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12077 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12079 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12080 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12081 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12082 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12083 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12085 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12087 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12088 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12090 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12092 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12093 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12095 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12096 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12097 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12099 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12100 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12101 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12103 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12104 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12105 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12106 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12108 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12109 How to invoke find and grep.
12110 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12111 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12112 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12113 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12115 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12117 (defvar grep-history nil
)
12119 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
12121 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12122 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12123 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12127 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12132 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12133 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12137 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12138 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12139 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12140 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12143 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12144 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12146 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12147 can easily repeat a grep command.
12149 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12150 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12151 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12154 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12156 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12157 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12158 Collect output in a buffer.
12159 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12160 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12162 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12163 easily repeat a find command.
12165 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12167 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12169 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12170 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12171 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12172 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12173 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12175 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12176 before it is executed.
12177 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12179 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12180 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12181 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12183 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12185 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12187 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12188 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12189 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12190 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12191 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12193 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12194 before it is executed.
12195 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12197 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12198 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12199 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12201 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12203 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12205 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12206 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12207 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12208 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12210 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12212 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12216 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12219 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12220 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12221 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12222 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12223 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12225 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12229 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12230 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19931 11784))
12231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12233 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12234 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12235 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12236 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12238 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12240 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12241 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12242 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12243 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12245 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12247 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12248 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12249 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12250 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12252 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12254 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12255 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12256 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12257 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12259 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12260 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12262 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12264 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12265 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12266 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12267 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12269 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12271 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12272 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12273 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12274 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12276 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12278 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12279 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12280 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12281 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12282 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12284 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12285 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12286 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12287 original source file access method.
12289 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12290 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12292 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12293 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12295 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12296 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12300 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12301 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12302 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12305 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12307 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12309 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12310 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12316 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19889
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12320 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12321 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12322 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12323 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12325 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12326 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12327 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12328 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12334 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12335 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12338 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12339 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12341 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12343 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12344 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12345 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12346 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12348 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12352 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12353 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12354 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12355 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12362 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12363 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12364 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12365 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12367 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12368 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12372 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12373 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12374 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12378 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12379 Verify a hashcash payment
12381 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12383 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12384 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12385 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12386 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12387 `mail-add-payment-async').
12389 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12391 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12392 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12393 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12394 Calculation is asynchronous.
12396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12398 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12399 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12400 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12406 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12407 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12408 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12409 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12412 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12413 Return the help-echo string at point.
12414 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12415 property, or nil, is returned.
12416 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12417 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12418 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12420 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12422 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12423 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12424 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12425 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12426 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12430 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12431 Display local help in the echo area.
12432 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12433 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12434 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12437 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12438 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12439 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12443 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12444 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12445 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12449 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12450 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12451 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12455 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12456 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12457 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12458 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12459 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12460 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12461 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12462 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12463 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12464 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12465 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12467 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12468 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12469 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12470 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12471 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12473 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12474 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12475 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12476 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12477 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12478 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12479 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12480 The default is `never'.")
12482 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12484 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12485 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12486 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12487 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12488 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12489 considered different regions.
12491 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12492 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12493 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12494 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12495 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12496 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12497 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12498 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12499 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12501 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12503 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12504 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12505 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12506 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12509 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12510 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12511 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12512 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12513 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12514 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12515 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12516 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12518 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12519 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12520 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12521 rarely happens in practice.
12523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12525 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12526 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12527 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12528 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12529 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12530 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12536 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12537 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12538 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12539 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19938 7518))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12542 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12543 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12545 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12547 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12548 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12549 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12551 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12553 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12554 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12555 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12556 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12557 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12558 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12559 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12560 search for a function definition.
12562 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12563 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12564 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12565 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12566 suitable file is found, return nil.
12568 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12570 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12573 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12575 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12576 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12577 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12578 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12580 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12582 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12583 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12584 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12585 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12586 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12587 it is displayed along with the global value.
12589 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12591 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12592 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12593 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12594 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12596 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12598 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12599 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12600 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12601 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12602 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12606 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
12607 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12611 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
12612 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12619 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12620 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12622 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12623 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12624 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12625 window listing and describing the options.
12626 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12627 gives the window that lists the options.")
12629 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12633 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12634 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12635 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19886
12637 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12639 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12640 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12641 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12647 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12652 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12657 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12658 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12660 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12661 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12662 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12663 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12665 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12666 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12667 restore it properly when going back.
12669 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12671 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12672 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12673 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12674 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12676 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12677 it does not already exist.
12681 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12682 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12684 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12685 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12686 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12687 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12688 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12689 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12690 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12691 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12693 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12694 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12695 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12696 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12698 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12699 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12702 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12704 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12705 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12706 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12707 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12708 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12709 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12711 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12713 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12714 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12715 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12716 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12717 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12719 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12721 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12722 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12724 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12728 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12729 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
12730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12732 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12733 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12737 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12738 Provide help for current mode.
12744 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12745 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12748 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12749 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12750 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12751 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12752 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12754 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12755 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12757 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12758 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12759 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12760 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12762 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12763 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12766 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12771 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12772 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12773 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12774 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12775 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12776 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12777 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12778 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12779 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12780 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12781 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12782 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12783 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12784 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12785 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12787 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12788 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12789 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12791 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12794 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12796 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12797 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12798 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12800 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12801 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12802 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12804 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12805 into the buffer at the current point.
12807 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12808 into the buffer at the current point.
12810 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12811 into the buffer at the current point.
12813 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12815 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12816 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12818 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12820 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12824 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12825 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12826 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12827 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12829 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12831 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12832 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12833 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12839 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12840 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12841 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12842 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12843 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12845 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12846 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12848 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12849 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12850 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12851 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12852 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12853 called interactively, are:
12855 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12856 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12858 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12859 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12860 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12861 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12863 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12864 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12866 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12867 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12869 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12870 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12871 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12872 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12873 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12874 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12875 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12876 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12877 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12878 function returns t.
12880 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12881 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12883 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12884 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12887 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12888 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12889 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12890 Patterns will be read until
12892 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12896 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12897 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12898 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12901 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12903 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12905 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12906 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12907 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12909 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12910 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12911 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12915 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12917 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12918 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12920 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12921 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12922 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12923 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12924 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12926 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12928 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12930 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12931 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12933 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12934 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12935 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12936 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12937 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12939 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12941 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12943 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12944 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12946 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12947 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12949 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12951 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12953 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12954 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12956 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12957 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12958 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12959 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12960 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12962 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12964 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12965 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12967 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12968 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12969 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12975 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12976 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12979 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12980 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12981 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12982 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12983 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12984 how the hiding is done:
12987 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12988 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12991 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12992 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12993 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12994 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12995 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12998 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12999 #endif lines when hiding.
13001 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13002 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13005 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13006 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13007 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13009 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13015 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13016 ;;;;;; (19938 7518))
13017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13019 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13020 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13021 Each element has the form
13022 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13024 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13025 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13027 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13028 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13030 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13031 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13032 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13033 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13034 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13035 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13037 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13038 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13040 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13041 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13043 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13044 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13045 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13047 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13048 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13049 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13050 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13051 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13053 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13054 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13055 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13057 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13058 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13060 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13063 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13067 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13068 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13074 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13075 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13076 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13077 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13078 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19931
13080 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13082 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13083 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13085 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13087 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13088 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13089 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13092 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13093 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13094 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13095 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13096 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13097 through various faces.
13098 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13099 buffer with the contents of a file
13100 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13104 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13105 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13107 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13108 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13109 in a distinctive face.
13111 The default value can be customized with variable
13112 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13114 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13118 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13119 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13120 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13122 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13124 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13125 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13129 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13130 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13134 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13135 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13137 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13138 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13139 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13140 shown in the last face in the list.
13142 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13143 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13144 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13146 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13150 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13151 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13153 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13155 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13158 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13159 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13161 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13162 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13163 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13165 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13167 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13168 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13170 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13171 this function is called interactively.
13173 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13174 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13175 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13177 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13178 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13179 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13181 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13183 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13184 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13185 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13187 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13188 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13190 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13192 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13193 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13194 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13196 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13197 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13198 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13205 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13206 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13207 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13208 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19845 45374))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13211 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13212 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13213 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13214 or insert functions in this list.")
13216 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13218 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
13219 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13221 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13223 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13224 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13226 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13228 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13229 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13231 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13233 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13234 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13236 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13238 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13239 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13240 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13242 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13244 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13245 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13246 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13249 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13251 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13252 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13253 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13254 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13255 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13257 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13259 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13260 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13261 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13262 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13263 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13265 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13266 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13267 undoes the expansion.
13271 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13272 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13273 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13274 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13276 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13281 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
13282 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13284 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13285 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13286 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13288 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13289 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13290 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13291 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13292 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13294 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13295 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13296 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13297 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13301 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13302 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13303 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13306 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13308 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13310 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13311 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13312 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13314 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13315 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13322 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13323 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13324 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13325 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19882 48702))
13326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13328 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13330 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13331 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13332 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13334 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13336 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13338 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13340 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13342 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13344 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13346 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13348 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13350 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13352 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13354 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13356 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13358 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13360 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13361 User defined holidays.
13362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13364 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13366 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13368 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13369 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13371 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13373 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13374 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13376 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13378 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13379 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13381 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13383 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13384 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13386 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13388 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13390 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13394 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13396 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13398 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13400 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13401 Christian holidays.
13402 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13404 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13406 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13408 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13410 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13414 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13416 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13418 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13420 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13424 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13426 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13428 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13430 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13431 Sun-related holidays.
13432 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13434 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13436 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13438 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13440 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13441 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13442 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13443 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13447 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13448 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13449 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13450 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13451 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13453 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13454 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13456 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13457 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13459 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13460 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13461 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13462 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13465 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13467 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13469 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13473 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19845
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13477 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13478 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13485 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19886 45771))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13488 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13489 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13490 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13491 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13494 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13495 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13498 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13499 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13501 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13502 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13503 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13505 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13507 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13508 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13509 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13511 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13513 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13517 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13518 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13522 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13523 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13525 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13526 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13527 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13529 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13530 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13531 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13532 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13533 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13534 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13536 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13537 title of the column.
13539 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13540 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13541 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13542 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13543 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13545 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13547 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13549 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13550 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13551 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13552 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13553 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13555 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13556 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13557 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13559 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13561 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13563 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13564 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13565 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13566 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13567 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13568 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13570 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13571 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13572 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13573 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13574 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13575 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13576 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13577 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13579 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13580 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13581 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13582 buffer's modification flag.
13583 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13584 prompted before performing this operation.
13585 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13586 operation is complete, in the form:
13587 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13588 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13589 confirmation message, in the form:
13590 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13591 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13592 macro for exactly what it does.
13594 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13596 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13598 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13599 Define a filter named NAME.
13600 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13601 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13602 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13604 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13605 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13606 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13607 bound to the current value of the filter.
13609 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13611 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13615 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13616 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19886 45771))
13617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13619 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13620 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13621 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13622 buffers which are visiting a file.
13624 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13626 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13627 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13628 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13629 buffers which are visiting a file.
13631 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13633 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13634 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13635 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13637 All arguments are optional.
13638 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13639 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13640 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13641 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13642 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13643 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13644 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13645 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13646 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13647 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13648 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13649 that value locally in this buffer.
13651 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13655 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13656 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13657 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19897 16090))
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13660 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13661 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13662 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13663 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13665 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13667 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13668 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13669 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13670 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13672 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13673 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13674 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13676 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13678 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13679 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13680 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13681 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13682 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13683 non-marking or not.
13685 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13687 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13688 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13690 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13691 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13694 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13695 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13696 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13698 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13701 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13702 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13703 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13705 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13709 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19940
13711 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13713 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13714 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13715 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13718 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13720 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13722 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13723 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13724 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13725 otherwise turn it off.
13727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13731 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19890 42850))
13732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13734 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13735 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13736 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13737 Tab indents for Icon code.
13738 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13739 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13741 Variables controlling indentation style:
13742 icon-tab-always-indent
13743 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13744 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13746 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13747 inserted in Icon code.
13749 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13750 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13751 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13752 icon-continued-statement-offset
13753 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13754 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13755 icon-continued-brace-offset
13756 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13757 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13759 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13760 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13761 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13762 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13764 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13765 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13771 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13772 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
13773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13775 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13776 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13777 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13778 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13780 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13781 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13784 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13785 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13787 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13788 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13789 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13793 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13797 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13798 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13801 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13802 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13804 The main features of this mode are
13806 1. Indentation and Formatting
13807 --------------------------
13808 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13809 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13811 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13812 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13813 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13814 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13816 Comments are indented as follows:
13818 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13819 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13820 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13822 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13824 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13825 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13826 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13827 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13828 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13829 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13831 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13832 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13833 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13834 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13838 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13839 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13840 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13841 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13842 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13843 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13844 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13845 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13846 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13847 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13852 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13853 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13854 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13855 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13859 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13860 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13861 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13862 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13863 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13866 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13867 --------------------------------
13868 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13869 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13871 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13872 \\fu FUNCTION template
13873 \\c CASE statement template
13874 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13875 \\f FOR loop template
13876 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13877 \\w WHILE loop template
13878 \\i IF statement template
13879 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13882 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13883 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13885 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13886 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13887 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13888 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13890 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13891 -------------------------
13892 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13893 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13895 7. Automatic END completion
13896 ------------------------
13897 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13898 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13902 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13903 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13905 9. Documentation and Customization
13906 -------------------------------
13907 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13908 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13909 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13910 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13911 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13915 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13916 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13917 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13919 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13925 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13926 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13927 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13928 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13929 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13930 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13931 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13932 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19931
13934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13936 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13937 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13938 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13939 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13941 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13942 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13943 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13946 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13948 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13950 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13951 Toggle ido mode on or off.
13952 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13953 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13954 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13955 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13956 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13957 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13958 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13962 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13963 Switch to another buffer.
13964 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13965 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13968 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13969 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13970 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13971 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13972 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13974 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13975 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13977 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13978 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13980 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13981 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13982 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13983 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13984 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13985 in a separate window.
13986 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13987 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13988 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13989 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13990 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13991 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13992 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13993 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13994 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13998 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13999 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14000 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14001 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14005 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14006 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14007 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14008 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14012 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14014 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14015 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14019 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14020 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14021 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14022 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14026 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14027 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14028 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14029 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14033 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14034 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14038 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14039 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14040 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14041 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14042 visible in another frame.
14044 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14045 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14046 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14047 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14048 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14049 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14051 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14052 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14054 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14055 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14057 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14058 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14059 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14060 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14061 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14062 in a separate window.
14063 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14064 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14065 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14066 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14067 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14068 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14069 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14070 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14071 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14072 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14073 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14074 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14075 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14076 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14077 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14081 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14082 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14083 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14084 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14088 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14089 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14090 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14091 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14095 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14096 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14097 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14098 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14102 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14103 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14104 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14105 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14109 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14110 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14111 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14112 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14116 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14117 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14118 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14119 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14123 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14124 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14125 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14126 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14130 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14131 Write current buffer to a file.
14132 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14133 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14137 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14138 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14139 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14140 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14144 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14145 Call `dired' the ido way.
14146 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14147 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14151 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14152 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14153 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14154 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14155 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14156 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14158 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14160 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14161 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14162 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14163 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14165 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14167 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14168 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14169 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14170 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14172 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14174 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14175 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14176 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14177 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14178 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14179 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14180 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14181 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14182 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14183 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14184 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14185 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14186 with point positioned at the end.
14187 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14188 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14190 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14194 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19931 11784))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14196 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*ielm*"))
14198 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14199 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14200 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14206 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14207 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14209 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14211 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14212 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14218 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14219 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14220 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14221 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14222 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14223 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
14224 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14226 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14227 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14228 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14231 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14233 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14234 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14235 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14240 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14241 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14242 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14245 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14247 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14248 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14249 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14252 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14254 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14255 Determine and return image type.
14256 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14257 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14258 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14259 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14260 use its file extension as image type.
14261 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14263 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14265 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14266 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14267 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14269 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14271 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14272 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14273 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14275 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14276 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14277 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14278 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14283 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14285 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14286 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14287 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14288 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14289 use its file extension as image type.
14290 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14291 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14292 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14293 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14295 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14297 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14298 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14299 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14301 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14303 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14304 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14305 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14306 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14307 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14308 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14309 POS may be an integer or marker.
14310 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14311 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14312 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14313 means display it in the right marginal area.
14315 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14317 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14318 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14319 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14320 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14321 defaulted if you omit it.
14322 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14323 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14324 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14325 means display it in the right marginal area.
14326 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14327 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14328 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14329 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14330 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14332 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14334 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14335 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14336 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14337 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14338 defaulted if you omit it.
14339 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14340 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14341 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14342 means display it in the right marginal area.
14343 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14345 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14347 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14348 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14349 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14350 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14352 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14354 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14355 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14357 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14359 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14360 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14361 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14362 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14363 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14364 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14365 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14366 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14369 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14371 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14373 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14375 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14376 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14378 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14379 documentation string.
14381 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14382 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14383 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14384 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14385 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14386 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14387 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14392 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14393 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14395 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14397 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14399 (autoload 'create-animated-image
"image" "\
14400 Create an animated image, and begin animating it.
14401 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14402 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14403 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14404 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14405 use its file extension as image type.
14406 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14407 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14408 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14409 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14411 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14413 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14415 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
14416 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14417 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14418 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14419 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14420 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14422 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14429 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14430 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14431 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14432 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14433 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14434 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14435 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19931 11784))
14436 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14438 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14439 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14440 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14441 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14442 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14443 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14447 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14448 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14450 Convenience command that:
14452 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14453 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14454 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14456 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14457 image files in dired and type
14458 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14460 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14462 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14463 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14465 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14467 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14468 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14469 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14470 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14471 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14474 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14475 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14476 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14478 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14479 instead of erasing it first.
14481 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14482 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14483 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14484 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14485 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14486 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14488 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14490 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14491 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14492 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14493 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14498 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14500 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14502 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14503 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14507 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14508 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14509 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14513 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14514 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14518 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14519 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14520 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14521 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14525 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14526 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14530 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14531 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14535 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14536 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14540 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14541 Display current image file.
14542 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14543 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14547 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14548 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14552 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14553 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14554 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14555 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14556 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14557 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14558 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14562 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14563 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14564 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14572 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14573 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19845 45374))
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14576 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14577 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14578 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14579 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14581 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14582 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14583 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14584 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14586 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14588 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14589 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14590 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14591 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14593 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14594 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14595 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14596 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14598 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14600 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14601 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14605 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14606 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14607 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14608 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14610 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14612 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14613 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14614 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14617 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14619 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14621 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14622 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14623 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14624 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14626 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14627 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14628 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14634 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14635 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19939 28373))
14636 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14638 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14639 Major mode for image files.
14640 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14641 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14645 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14646 Toggle Image minor mode.
14647 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14648 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14649 to display an image file as the actual image.
14651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14653 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14654 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14655 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14656 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14657 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14658 to display an image file as the actual image.
14660 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14661 to display an image file as text initially.
14663 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14668 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14671 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14675 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14676 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
14677 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14679 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14680 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14682 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14684 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14685 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14688 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14690 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14691 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14692 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14694 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14696 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14697 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14699 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14700 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14701 pattern's structure.
14703 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14704 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14705 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14707 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14709 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14711 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14712 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14714 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14715 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14716 called within a `save-excursion'.
14718 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14720 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14722 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14723 Function for finding the next index position.
14725 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14726 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14727 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14730 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14731 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14733 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14735 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14736 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14738 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14739 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14740 It should return the name for that index item.")
14742 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14744 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14745 Function to compare string with index item.
14747 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14748 non-nil if they match.
14750 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14751 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14752 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14753 arguments match\".")
14755 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14757 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14758 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14759 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14761 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14762 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14764 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14766 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14768 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14769 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14770 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14771 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14775 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14776 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14778 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14782 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14783 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14784 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14785 for more information.
14787 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14792 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14793 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19845 45374))
14794 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14796 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14797 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14799 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14801 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14804 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14806 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14809 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14811 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14814 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14816 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14817 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14819 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14823 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14824 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14825 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
14826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14828 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14829 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14830 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14831 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14832 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14834 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14836 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
14837 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14839 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14841 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14842 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14843 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14844 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14845 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14846 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14847 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14848 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14850 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14852 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14853 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14854 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14855 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14856 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14858 This variable is only used if the variable
14859 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14861 More precise choices:
14862 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14863 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14866 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14868 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14870 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14871 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14873 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14874 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14875 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14877 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14878 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14879 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14880 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14883 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14885 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14889 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
14890 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
14891 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
14892 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
14893 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (19867 52471))
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14896 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14897 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14899 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14900 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14901 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14903 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14904 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14905 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14906 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14907 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14908 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14909 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14910 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14911 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14912 with the top-level Info directory.
14914 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14915 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14916 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14917 appended to the Info buffer name.
14919 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14920 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14921 in all the directories in that path.
14923 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14925 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14927 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14928 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14932 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14933 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14934 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14935 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14939 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14940 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14941 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14942 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14944 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14946 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14947 Go to the Info directory node.
14951 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14952 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14953 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14954 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14955 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14956 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14958 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14960 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14961 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14962 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14964 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14966 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14967 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14968 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14969 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14970 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
14972 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
14974 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14975 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14976 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14977 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14978 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14980 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14981 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14983 Selecting other nodes:
14984 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14985 Follow a node reference you click on.
14986 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14987 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14988 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14989 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14990 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14991 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14992 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14993 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14994 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14995 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14996 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14997 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14998 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14999 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15000 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15001 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15002 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15003 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15004 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15005 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15007 Moving within a node:
15008 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15009 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15010 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15011 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15012 move up to the parent node.
15013 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15014 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15016 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15019 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15020 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15021 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15022 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15023 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15024 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15025 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15026 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15027 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15028 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15029 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15030 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15031 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15032 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15033 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15034 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15037 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15039 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15040 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15041 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15042 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15043 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15044 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15046 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15047 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15049 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15050 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15052 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15053 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15054 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15055 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15059 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15060 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15061 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15065 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15066 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15067 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15069 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15071 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15072 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15074 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15078 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15079 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15080 ;;;;;; (19936 52203))
15081 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15083 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15084 Throw away all cached data.
15085 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15086 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15090 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15092 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15093 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15094 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15095 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15096 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15097 one found at point.
15099 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15101 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15102 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15104 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15105 Display the documentation of a file.
15106 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15107 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15108 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15109 The default file name is the one found at point.
15111 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15113 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15115 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15116 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15118 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15120 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15121 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15123 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15127 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15128 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15129 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
15130 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15132 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15133 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15134 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15135 current info file is the default.
15137 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15138 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15139 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15140 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15141 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15143 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15144 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15145 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15146 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15147 mistake in the reference.
15149 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15150 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15151 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15153 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15154 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15155 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15156 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15160 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15161 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15162 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15163 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15166 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15167 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15168 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15169 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15170 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15171 should be harmless.
15175 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15176 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15177 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15178 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15180 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15181 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15182 and can take a long time.
15186 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15187 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15188 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15190 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15192 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15193 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15195 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15196 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15197 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15198 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15201 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15202 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15203 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15204 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15207 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15211 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15212 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19886 45771))
15213 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15215 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15216 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15218 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15220 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15221 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15223 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15225 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15226 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15227 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15228 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15230 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15231 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15232 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15234 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15235 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15236 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15237 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15241 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15242 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15243 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15247 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15248 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15249 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15250 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15251 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15258 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15259 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15262 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15263 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15267 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15268 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15272 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15275 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15283 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15284 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15285 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15286 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15287 accessed via isearchb.
15293 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15294 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15295 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15296 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15297 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15299 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15300 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15301 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15302 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15305 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15307 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15308 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15309 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15310 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15311 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15313 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15315 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15316 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15317 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15318 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15319 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15321 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15323 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15324 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15325 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15326 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15329 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15331 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15332 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15333 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15334 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15337 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15339 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15340 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15341 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15342 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15343 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15345 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15347 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15348 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15349 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15350 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15351 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15353 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15355 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15356 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15357 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15358 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15360 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15362 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15363 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15364 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15365 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15367 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15369 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15370 Warn that format is read-only.
15372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15374 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15375 Warn that format is write-only.
15377 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15379 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15380 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15387 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15388 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15389 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15390 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15391 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15395 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15396 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15397 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15398 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15399 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19905 10215))
15400 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15402 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15404 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15405 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15406 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15407 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15408 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15410 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15412 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15414 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15415 Key map for ispell menu.")
15417 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15418 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15419 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15420 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15422 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15424 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15426 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15428 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15430 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15431 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15432 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15433 Valid forms include:
15434 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15435 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15436 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15437 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15439 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15440 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15441 First list is used raw.
15442 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15444 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15445 for skipping in latex mode.")
15447 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15448 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15449 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15450 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15451 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15452 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15453 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15455 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15456 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15457 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15458 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15460 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15461 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15462 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15463 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15464 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15466 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15467 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15469 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15470 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15472 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15473 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15475 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15476 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15479 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15480 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15481 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15482 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15483 quit spell session exited.
15485 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15487 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15488 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15489 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15491 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15493 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15494 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15498 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15499 SPC: Accept word this time.
15500 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15501 `a': Accept word for this session.
15502 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15503 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15504 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15505 `?': Show these commands.
15506 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15507 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15508 the aborted check to be completed later.
15509 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15510 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15511 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15512 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15513 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15514 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15515 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15519 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15520 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15521 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15523 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15525 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15526 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15527 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15528 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15530 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15532 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15534 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15535 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15536 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15537 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15539 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15541 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15542 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15546 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15547 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15551 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15552 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15556 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15557 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15558 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15559 sequence inside of a word.
15561 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15563 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15565 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15566 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15570 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15571 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15572 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15573 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15575 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15576 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15577 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15578 available on the net.
15582 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15583 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15584 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15585 otherwise turn it off.
15587 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15588 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15590 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15591 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15595 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15596 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15597 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15598 Don't check included messages.
15600 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15601 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15602 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15604 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15605 in your .emacs file:
15606 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15607 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15608 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15609 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15611 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15612 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15613 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15619 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19931
15621 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15623 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15624 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15625 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15628 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15630 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15632 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15633 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15634 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15635 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15636 `iswitchb' for details.
15638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15642 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15643 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15644 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15645 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15646 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15648 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15653 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15654 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15655 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15656 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15657 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15658 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15659 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15660 necessary to represent OBJ.
15662 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15664 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15665 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15666 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15667 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15669 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15671 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15672 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15673 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15674 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15675 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15677 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15679 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15680 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15681 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15682 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15684 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15686 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15687 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15688 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15689 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15691 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15693 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15694 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15696 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15698 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15699 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15700 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15701 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15702 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15704 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15706 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15707 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15708 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15709 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15710 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15712 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15714 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15715 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15716 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15718 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15722 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15723 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19886 45771))
15724 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15726 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15727 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15728 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15729 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15731 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15734 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15736 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15737 Uninstall jka-compr.
15738 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15739 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15740 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15746 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19914 25180))
15747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15749 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15750 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15754 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15759 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15760 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15763 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15764 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15765 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15766 decimal key must be specified.")
15768 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15770 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15771 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15772 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15773 decimal key must be specified.")
15775 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15777 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15778 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15779 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15780 decimal key must be specified.")
15782 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15784 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15785 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15786 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15787 decimal key must be specified.")
15789 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15791 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15792 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15793 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15794 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15795 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15799 -------------------------------------------------------------
15800 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15801 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15802 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15803 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15804 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15805 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15806 in the global and local keymaps.
15808 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15809 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15811 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15816 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15819 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15820 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15821 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15823 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15824 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15825 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15826 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15829 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15830 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15831 the context of text formatting.
15833 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15837 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15841 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15842 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15843 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15844 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15845 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15846 positions that contains the current selection.")
15848 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15849 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15850 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15851 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15852 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15853 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15854 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15856 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15860 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15861 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15862 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15863 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19886 45771))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15865 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15866 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15867 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15868 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15869 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15870 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15871 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15873 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15874 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15876 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15878 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15879 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15880 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15881 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15882 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15884 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15886 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15887 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15888 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15890 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15891 defining the macro.
15893 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15894 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15895 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15897 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15898 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15902 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15903 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15904 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15905 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15906 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15909 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15910 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15911 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15915 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15916 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15917 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15919 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15920 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15921 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15922 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15924 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15925 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15927 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15929 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15930 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15931 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15933 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15936 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15937 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15939 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15940 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15941 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15943 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15944 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15948 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15949 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15950 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15951 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15953 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15955 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15956 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15957 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15958 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15960 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15961 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15963 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15965 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15966 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15967 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15969 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15973 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15974 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
15975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15977 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15978 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15979 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15981 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15988 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15989 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15992 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
15994 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
15995 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15999 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16000 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16001 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16002 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16004 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16005 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16006 none / 1 | yes | no
16011 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16012 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16013 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16019 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16020 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16021 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19845 45374))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16024 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16027 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16029 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16030 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16031 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16032 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16033 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16034 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16036 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16037 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16039 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16041 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16042 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16044 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16046 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16049 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16051 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16054 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16059 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16060 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16061 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16063 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16064 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16065 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16066 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16068 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16070 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16071 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16072 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16074 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16076 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16077 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16078 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16082 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16083 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16084 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16085 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16087 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16091 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16092 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16093 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16095 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16096 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16097 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16098 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16099 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16100 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16101 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16102 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16104 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16105 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16108 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16110 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16112 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16113 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16114 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16115 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16116 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16117 `latin1-display-setup'.
16119 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16121 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16122 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16123 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16124 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16127 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16129 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16133 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16134 ;;;;;; (19917 1372))
16135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16137 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16138 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16144 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16145 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16148 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16149 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16151 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16152 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16154 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16155 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16157 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16158 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16159 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16160 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16161 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16162 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16163 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16164 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16165 and transmit saved text.
16168 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16169 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16173 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16180 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16183 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16184 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16185 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16186 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16187 generations (this defaults to 1).
16189 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16194 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19865 50420))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16197 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16198 Format used to display line numbers.
16199 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16200 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16201 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16202 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16204 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16206 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16207 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16211 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16212 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16213 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16216 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16218 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16220 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16221 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16222 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16224 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16225 `linum-on' would do it.
16226 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16232 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19845
16234 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16236 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16237 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16238 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16239 is nil, raise an error.
16241 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16242 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16243 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16244 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16245 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16246 defined by the library.
16248 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16249 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16250 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16251 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16252 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16255 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16256 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16257 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16258 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16260 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16264 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16265 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19886 45771))
16266 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16268 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16269 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16270 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16272 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16274 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16275 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16276 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16277 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16279 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16280 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16281 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16282 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16283 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16284 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16287 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16288 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16290 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16291 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16293 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16294 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16296 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16298 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16299 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16300 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16301 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16302 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16303 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16304 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16305 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16306 to constrain a big search.
16308 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16310 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16311 except that FILTER is not optional.
16313 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16317 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19870 57559))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16320 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16321 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16322 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16324 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16325 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16326 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16327 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16328 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16330 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16331 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16332 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16333 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16334 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16336 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16337 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16338 uses the current buffer.
16340 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16344 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19863
16346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16348 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16349 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16355 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19886
16357 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16359 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16360 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16361 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16362 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16363 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16365 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16366 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16367 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16369 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16370 are indicated with a symbol.
16372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16376 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16377 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19909
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16381 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16383 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16385 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16386 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16387 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16389 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16390 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16392 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16393 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16394 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16395 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16396 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16397 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16398 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16400 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16402 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16403 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16404 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16405 switch on this list.
16406 See `lpr-command'.")
16408 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16410 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16411 Name of program for printing a file.
16413 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16414 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16415 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16416 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16417 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16418 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16421 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16423 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16424 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16425 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16426 for customization of the printer command.
16430 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16431 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16433 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16434 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16435 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16436 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16438 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16439 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16441 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16442 for further customization of the printer command.
16446 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16447 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16448 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16449 for customization of the printer command.
16451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16453 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16454 Paginate and print the region contents.
16456 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16457 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16458 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16459 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16461 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16462 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16464 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16465 for further customization of the printer command.
16467 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16471 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16472 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
16473 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16475 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16476 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16477 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16479 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16483 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16487 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16488 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16489 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16490 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16494 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16498 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16502 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16503 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16509 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16510 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
16511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16513 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16514 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16515 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16516 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16517 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16519 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16524 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19886 45771))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16527 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16528 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16529 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16530 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16531 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16533 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16535 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16536 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16537 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16538 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16540 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16541 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16542 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16543 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16546 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16547 use this command, and then save the file.
16549 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16551 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16552 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16553 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16554 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16555 each time the macro executes.
16556 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16557 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16558 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16559 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16560 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16561 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16562 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16566 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16567 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16568 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16569 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16571 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16572 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16573 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16576 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16577 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16579 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16580 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16581 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16582 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16583 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16585 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16588 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16589 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16590 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16592 You could enter the names in this format:
16598 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16601 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16604 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16605 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16607 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16608 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16613 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19845 45374))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16616 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16617 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16618 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16619 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16620 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16621 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16623 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16624 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16625 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16626 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16627 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16629 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16630 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16631 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16634 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16636 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16637 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16639 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16643 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16644 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16645 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16648 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16649 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16653 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16658 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16659 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16661 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16663 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16664 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16665 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16668 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16675 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16676 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
16677 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19922 19303))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16680 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16681 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16682 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16683 often correct parser.")
16685 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16687 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
16688 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
16689 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
16690 a value which excludes your own email address.
16692 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
16693 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
16695 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
16697 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16698 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16700 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16702 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16703 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16704 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16705 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16707 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16709 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16710 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16711 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16712 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16714 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16716 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16717 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16718 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16719 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16721 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16723 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16724 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16725 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16726 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16727 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16728 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16729 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16730 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16731 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16734 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16736 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16737 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16738 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16739 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16740 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16741 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16742 matches may be returned from the message body.
16744 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16748 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16749 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19845
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16753 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16754 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16755 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16758 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16760 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16762 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16763 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16767 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16768 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16772 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16773 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16774 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16776 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16778 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16779 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16780 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16782 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16783 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16784 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16787 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16791 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
16792 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
16793 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19881 27850))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16796 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16797 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16798 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16800 If `parens', they look like:
16801 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16802 If `angles', they look like:
16803 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16805 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16807 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16808 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16809 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16810 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16811 their `Resent-' variants.
16813 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16814 removed from alias expansions.
16816 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16818 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16819 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16820 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16822 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16823 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16824 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16825 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16827 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16829 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
16830 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
16831 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
16835 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16836 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16837 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16838 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
16844 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16845 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16848 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16849 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16850 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16851 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16857 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16858 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16859 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19890 42850))
16860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16862 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16863 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16865 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16866 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16867 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16868 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16869 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16870 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16872 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16873 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16874 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16875 dependency, despite the colon.
16877 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16879 In the browser, use the following keys:
16881 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16883 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16885 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16886 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16888 `makefile-target-colon':
16889 The string that gets appended to all target names
16890 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16891 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16893 `makefile-macro-assign':
16894 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16895 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16896 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16897 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16898 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16899 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16901 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16902 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16903 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16905 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16906 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16908 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16909 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16910 up or down in the browser.
16912 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16913 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16915 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16916 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16918 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16919 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16920 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16921 has been selected in the browser.
16923 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16924 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16925 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16926 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16927 filenames are omitted.
16929 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16930 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16931 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16932 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16933 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16934 the backslash itself intact.
16935 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16936 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16938 `makefile-browser-hook':
16939 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16940 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16942 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16943 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16944 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16945 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16949 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16950 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16954 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16955 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16959 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16960 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16964 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16965 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16969 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16970 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16976 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19886
16978 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16980 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16981 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16982 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16988 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16989 ;;;;;; (19870 57559))
16990 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16992 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16994 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16995 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16996 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16997 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16998 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16999 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17000 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17001 page, it will display immediately.
17003 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17004 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17005 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17010 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17011 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17012 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17013 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17017 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17018 otherwise look like a page name.
17023 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17024 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17025 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17029 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17031 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17032 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17034 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17036 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17037 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17039 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19845 45374))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17046 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17047 Toggle Master mode.
17048 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17049 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17050 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17052 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17053 following commands:
17055 \\{master-mode-map}
17057 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17058 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17059 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17065 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17066 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17069 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17070 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17071 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17074 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17076 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17078 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17079 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17080 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17081 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17082 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17084 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17085 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17091 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17092 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17093 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17094 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17095 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17096 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17097 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19940 49234))
17098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17100 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17102 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17103 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17104 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17105 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17106 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17107 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17108 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17109 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17110 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17111 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17112 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17113 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17114 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17115 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17116 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17117 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17118 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17119 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17120 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17121 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17122 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17123 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17124 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17125 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17126 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17127 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17128 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17129 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17130 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17131 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17132 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17133 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17134 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17135 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17136 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17137 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17138 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17139 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17143 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17144 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17145 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17146 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17147 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17149 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17151 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17152 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17154 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17156 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17157 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17159 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17161 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17162 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17164 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17166 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17167 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17168 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17170 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17172 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17173 Cancel an article you posted.
17174 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17178 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17179 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17180 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17181 header line with the old Message-ID.
17185 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17186 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17190 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17191 Forward the current message via mail.
17192 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17193 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17195 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17197 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17200 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17202 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17205 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17207 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17208 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17212 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17213 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17215 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17217 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17218 Re-mail the current message.
17219 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17220 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17225 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17226 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17228 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17230 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17231 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17233 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17235 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17236 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17238 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17240 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17241 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17243 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17245 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17246 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17247 Works by overstriking characters.
17248 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17249 which specify the range to operate on.
17251 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17253 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17254 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17255 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17256 which specify the range to operate on.
17258 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17262 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17263 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17266 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17267 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17271 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17272 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17278 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17279 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17280 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17283 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17284 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17285 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17289 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17290 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17291 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17292 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17293 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17294 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17295 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17297 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17299 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17300 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17301 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17302 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17303 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17305 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17306 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17308 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17310 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17311 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17312 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17313 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17314 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17316 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17317 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17319 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17324 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17325 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19845 45374))
17326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17328 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17329 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17330 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17334 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17335 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17336 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17340 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17341 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17343 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17344 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17345 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17347 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17348 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17350 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17351 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17353 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17355 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17357 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17358 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17359 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17360 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17361 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17364 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17365 initial Subject field, respectively.
17367 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17368 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17371 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17372 RETURN-ACTION are ignored.
17374 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17376 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17377 Save draft and send message.
17379 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17380 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17381 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17384 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17385 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17386 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17388 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17389 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17390 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17391 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17392 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17393 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17395 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17396 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17398 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17399 message and scan line.
17401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17403 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17404 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17406 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17407 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17408 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17409 delete the draft message.
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19931 11784))
17416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17418 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17420 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17422 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17424 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17425 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17431 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17432 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19845 45374))
17433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17435 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17436 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17437 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17439 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17440 the MH mail system.
17442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17444 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17445 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17446 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17448 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17449 the MH mail system.
17451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17453 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17454 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17456 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17457 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17458 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17461 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17462 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17463 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17466 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17470 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17471 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17472 can be used in several ways.
17474 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17475 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17476 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17477 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17481 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17482 The range must be nonempty.
17487 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17488 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17495 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17498 All of the messages.
17500 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17501 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17503 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17504 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17505 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17507 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17513 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17514 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17517 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17518 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17519 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17520 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17521 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17522 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17523 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17524 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17525 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17526 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17527 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17531 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17532 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17533 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17534 to its second argument TM.
17536 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17540 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17541 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19845 45374))
17542 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17544 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17545 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17546 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17549 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17551 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17553 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17554 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17555 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17556 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17557 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17558 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17559 default indication.
17561 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17562 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17568 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17569 ;;;;;; (19913 4309))
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17572 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17573 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17574 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17575 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17576 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17577 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17578 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17579 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17580 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17584 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17585 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17586 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17587 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17588 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17589 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17590 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17591 The return value is always nil.
17593 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17597 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17598 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17599 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19886 45771))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17601 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17603 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17604 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17606 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17607 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17608 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17611 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17612 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17613 end of the search space).
17615 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17616 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17617 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17618 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17619 should return the previous buffer to search.
17621 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17622 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17623 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17625 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17626 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17627 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17630 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17631 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17632 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17634 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17635 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17636 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17640 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17641 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17642 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17643 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17644 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17645 whose names match the specified regexp.
17647 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17649 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17650 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17651 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17652 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17653 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17654 whose names match the specified regexp.
17656 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17658 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17659 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17660 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17661 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17662 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17663 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17664 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17666 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17668 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17669 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17670 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17671 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17672 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17673 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17674 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17676 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17680 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17681 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
17682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17684 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17685 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17691 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17692 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
17693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17695 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17696 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17698 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17700 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17701 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17702 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17703 the entire message.
17704 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17706 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17710 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17711 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17714 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17715 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17716 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17717 the entire message.
17718 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17720 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17724 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17725 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19877 30798))
17726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17728 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17729 Insert file contents of URL.
17730 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17734 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17735 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17737 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17741 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17742 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
17743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17745 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17746 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17747 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17748 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17749 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17751 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17753 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17754 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17755 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17757 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17761 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17762 ;;;;;; (19940 49234))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17765 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17768 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17770 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17773 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17777 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17778 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17779 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19845 45374))
17780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17782 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17785 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17787 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17790 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17792 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17795 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17797 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17800 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17802 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17805 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17807 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17810 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17812 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17819 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19845
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17823 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17825 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17826 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17827 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17828 followed by the first character of the construct.
17830 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17831 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17832 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17833 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17834 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17835 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17836 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17837 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17838 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17839 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17840 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17841 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17842 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17845 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17846 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17847 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17853 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
17854 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19869 36706))
17855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17857 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17858 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17860 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17862 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17863 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17865 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17867 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
17868 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
17870 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17872 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
17873 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17875 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17879 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17880 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19890 42850))
17881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17883 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17884 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17886 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17887 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17888 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17890 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17891 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17892 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17894 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17895 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17897 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17898 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17899 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17900 hemisphere you're in.)
17902 To test this function, evaluate:
17903 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17905 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17908 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17910 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17911 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17913 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17914 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17915 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17917 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17918 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17920 To test this function, evaluate:
17921 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17923 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19886
17929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17931 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17932 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17933 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17936 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17938 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17940 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17941 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17942 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17943 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17945 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17947 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17949 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17951 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17952 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17953 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17954 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17955 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17956 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17958 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17959 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17960 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17961 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17962 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17964 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17965 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17967 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17968 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17970 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17972 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17973 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17974 primary selection and region.
17976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17980 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19863 8742))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17983 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17984 Main entry point for MPC.
17990 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19890 42850))
17991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17993 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17994 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18000 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19931 11784))
18001 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18003 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18004 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18005 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18008 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18010 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18012 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18014 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18015 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18016 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18022 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18023 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18024 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18025 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18026 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18027 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18030 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18031 Display a list of all character sets.
18033 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18034 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18035 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18036 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18037 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18039 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18040 but still shows the full information.
18044 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18045 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18046 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18048 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18049 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18050 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18051 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18052 meanings of these arguments.
18054 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18056 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18057 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18059 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18061 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18062 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18064 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18066 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18067 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18069 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18071 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18072 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18074 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18075 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18077 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18078 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18079 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18080 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18081 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18082 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18083 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18084 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18085 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18086 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18087 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18088 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18089 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18090 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18091 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18092 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18096 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18097 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18101 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18102 Display a list of all coding systems.
18103 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18105 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18106 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18110 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18111 Display a list of all coding categories.
18115 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18116 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18117 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18119 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18121 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18122 Display information about FONTSET.
18123 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18125 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18128 Display a list of all fontsets.
18129 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18130 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18131 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18135 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18136 Display information about all input methods.
18140 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18141 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18143 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18144 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18145 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18146 system which uses fontsets).
18150 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18151 Show log of font listing and opening.
18152 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18153 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18155 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18159 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18160 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18161 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18162 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18163 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18164 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18167 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18168 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18169 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18171 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18173 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18175 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18176 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18178 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18179 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18181 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18182 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18184 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18186 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18187 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18188 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18189 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18190 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18191 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18192 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18194 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18195 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18196 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18197 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18198 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18199 middle of a character in STR.
18201 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18202 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18204 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18205 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18206 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18207 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18208 defaults to \"...\".
18210 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18212 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18213 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18215 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18216 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18217 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18219 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18220 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18221 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18223 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18224 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18225 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18227 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18228 longer than KEYSEQ.
18229 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18231 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18233 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18234 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18235 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18236 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18237 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18238 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18239 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18240 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18241 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18242 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18243 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18245 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18247 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18248 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18250 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18252 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18253 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18255 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18257 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18258 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18260 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18262 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18263 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18265 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18267 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18268 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18269 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18270 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18271 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18273 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18274 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18276 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18277 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18278 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18279 coding systems ordered by priority.
18281 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18283 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18284 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18285 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18286 language environment LANG-ENV.
18288 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18290 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18291 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18292 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18293 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18294 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18295 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18297 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18302 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18303 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18304 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18308 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18309 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18313 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18314 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18318 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18319 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18323 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18324 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18328 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18329 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18333 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18334 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18336 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18338 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18340 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18341 `ping-program-options'.
18345 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18346 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18350 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18351 Run nslookup program.
18355 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18356 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18360 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18365 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18370 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18371 Finger USER on HOST.
18373 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18375 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18376 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18377 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18378 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18380 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18382 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18387 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18388 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18390 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18392 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18393 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18395 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18399 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18403 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18404 Return a user name/password pair.
18405 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18406 listed in the PORTS list.
18408 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18413 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18416 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18417 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18418 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18419 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18420 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18423 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18425 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18426 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18427 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18428 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18429 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18430 a port number to connect to.
18432 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18435 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18437 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18438 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18439 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18440 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18441 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18442 an unencrypted connection.
18443 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18444 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18445 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18446 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18447 returned object is a killed process.
18448 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18449 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18450 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18452 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18453 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18454 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18455 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18456 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18457 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18458 or nil if none could be found.
18459 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18460 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18462 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18464 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18465 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18466 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18468 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18469 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18470 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18472 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18473 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18474 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18475 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18477 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18478 asynchronously, if possible.
18480 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18482 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18487 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18488 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18489 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18490 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18491 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19938 7518))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18494 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18496 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18498 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18500 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18502 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18503 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18504 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18505 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18506 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18507 Major modes should set this variable.")
18509 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18510 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18511 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18512 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18513 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18514 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18516 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18517 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18519 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18520 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18521 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18523 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18524 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18525 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18526 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18527 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18529 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18530 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18531 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18533 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18534 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18535 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18536 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18538 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18539 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18540 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18541 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18542 column indentation or nil.
18543 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18545 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18546 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18547 The function has no args.
18549 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18550 comments always start in column zero.")
18552 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18553 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18554 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18556 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18558 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18559 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18560 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18561 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18563 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18564 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18566 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18568 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18569 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18570 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18571 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18572 customize this variable.
18574 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18575 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18577 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18579 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18580 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18581 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18582 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18583 the variables are properly set.
18585 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18587 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18588 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18592 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18593 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18594 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18596 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18599 Set the comment column based on point.
18600 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18601 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18602 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18603 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18607 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18608 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18609 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18613 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18614 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18615 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18618 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18620 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18621 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18622 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18623 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18624 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18626 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18627 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18628 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18630 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18631 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18632 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18633 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18634 changed with `comment-style'.
18636 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18639 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18640 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18641 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18643 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18645 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18646 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18647 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18648 is passed on to the respective function.
18650 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18652 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18653 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18654 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18655 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18656 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18657 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18658 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18659 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18660 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18661 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18665 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18666 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18667 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18669 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18671 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18672 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18673 This indents the body of the continued comment
18674 under the previous comment line.
18676 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18677 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18678 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18680 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18681 or comment indentation.
18683 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18684 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18686 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18691 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19918 22236))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18694 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18695 Check whether newsticker is running.
18696 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18697 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18701 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18702 Start the newsticker.
18703 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18704 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18705 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18706 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18708 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18712 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18713 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18716 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18717 Start newsticker plainview.
18723 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18724 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18727 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18728 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18734 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18735 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
18736 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18738 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18739 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18740 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18741 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18746 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18747 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18748 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18755 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18756 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18759 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18760 Start newsticker treeview.
18766 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18767 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18770 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18771 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18773 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18777 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18781 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18782 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18783 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18784 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18785 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18786 symbol in the alist.
18788 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18792 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18793 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18796 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18797 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18798 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18804 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18805 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18808 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18809 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18811 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18815 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18816 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
18817 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18819 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18820 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18821 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18823 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18825 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18828 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18830 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18831 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18832 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18833 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18834 to future sessions.
18836 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18838 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18839 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18840 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18841 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18842 to future sessions.
18844 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18848 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18849 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18852 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18853 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18855 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18856 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18857 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18863 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18864 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18865 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18867 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18868 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18869 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18870 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18872 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18876 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19927
18878 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18880 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18881 Major mode for editing XML.
18883 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18884 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18885 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18886 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18887 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18888 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18889 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18891 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18893 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18894 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18896 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18897 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18898 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18899 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18902 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18903 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18904 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18905 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18906 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18907 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18909 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18910 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18911 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18913 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18914 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18915 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18917 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18918 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18919 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18920 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18921 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18922 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18923 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18924 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18925 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18927 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18929 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18930 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18934 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18938 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18939 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18942 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18943 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18944 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18945 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18951 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18952 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18953 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18954 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18955 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
18956 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
18957 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18958 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18959 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18960 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18961 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19845 45374))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18964 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18969 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18974 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18975 Conditionally expand a source block.
18976 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18977 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18981 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18982 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18983 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18984 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18988 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18989 Conditionally pop to a session.
18990 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18991 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18995 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18996 Execute the current source code block.
18997 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18998 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18999 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19001 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
19002 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19005 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19006 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19008 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19009 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19012 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19014 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19015 Expand the current source code block.
19016 Expand according to the source code block's header
19017 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19019 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19022 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19023 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19024 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19027 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19029 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19030 Initiate session for current code block.
19031 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19032 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19033 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19035 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19037 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19038 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19039 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19040 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19041 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19043 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19045 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19046 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19048 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19050 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19051 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19052 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19053 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19054 results already exist.
19056 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19058 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19059 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19060 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19061 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19062 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19064 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19065 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19066 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19067 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19068 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19069 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19070 switches --------- string holding the switches
19071 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19072 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19073 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19074 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19075 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19076 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19077 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19078 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19080 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19082 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19084 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19085 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19086 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19087 the current buffer.
19089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19091 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19092 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19093 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19094 the current subtree.
19096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19098 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19099 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19101 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19103 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19104 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19108 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19109 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19113 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19114 Go to a named source-code block.
19118 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19119 Go to a named result.
19123 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19124 Jump to the next source block.
19125 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19129 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19130 Jump to the previous source block.
19131 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19135 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19136 Mark current src block
19142 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19143 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19146 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19147 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19153 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19154 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19845 45374))
19155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19157 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19158 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19159 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19163 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19164 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19165 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19166 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19170 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19171 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19177 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19178 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19179 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19182 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19183 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19184 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19185 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19186 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19187 then the name of the language is used.")
19189 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19191 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19192 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19193 This function exports the source code using
19194 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19199 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19200 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19201 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19202 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19203 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19204 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19206 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19208 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19209 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19210 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19211 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19212 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19213 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19214 exported source code blocks by language.
19216 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19221 ;;;;;; (19894 39890))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19224 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19225 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19226 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19228 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19230 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19231 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19233 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19234 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19235 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19239 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19243 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19244 ;;;;;; (19894 39890))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19247 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19248 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19250 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19251 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19252 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19253 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19255 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19256 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19257 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19258 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19259 is why you need this mode!).
19261 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19262 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19263 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19265 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19270 \\{octave-mode-map}
19272 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19273 ==============================================
19275 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19276 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19277 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19279 `octave-block-offset'
19280 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19283 `octave-continuation-offset'
19284 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19287 `octave-continuation-string'
19288 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19289 Default is a backslash.
19291 `octave-send-echo-input'
19292 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19293 command to the inferior Octave process.
19295 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19296 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19297 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19299 `octave-send-echo-input'
19300 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19302 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19304 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19305 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19309 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19310 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19312 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19315 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19317 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19318 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19319 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19320 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19326 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19327 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19328 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19329 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19330 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19331 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19332 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
19333 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19335 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19336 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19338 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19340 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19341 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19342 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19344 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19345 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19346 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19347 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19348 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19349 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19350 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19351 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19352 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19353 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19355 The following commands are available:
19361 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19363 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19364 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19365 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19366 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19370 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19371 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19372 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19373 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19374 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19375 defined by Org-mode).
19377 M-up Move entry/item up
19378 M-down Move entry/item down
19381 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19382 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19383 M-S-left Promote subtree
19384 M-S-right Demote subtree
19385 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19387 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19388 TAB Cycle item visibility
19389 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19390 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19391 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19395 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19396 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19400 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19401 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19405 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19406 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19407 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19408 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19411 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19413 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19414 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19415 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19416 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19418 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19419 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19420 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19424 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19425 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19426 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19430 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19431 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19432 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19437 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19438 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19440 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19442 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19443 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19445 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19446 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19447 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19448 returned as a list.
19450 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19451 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19452 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19453 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19454 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19455 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19456 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19457 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19458 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19461 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19462 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19463 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19464 visited by the iteration.
19466 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19468 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19469 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19470 file The current buffer, without restriction
19472 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19473 agenda All agenda files
19474 agenda-with-archives
19475 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19477 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19479 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19480 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19482 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19483 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19484 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19485 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19486 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19487 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19488 function leaves it.
19490 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19491 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19492 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19493 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19494 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19495 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19496 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19497 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19499 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19501 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19502 Switch between Org buffers.
19503 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19504 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19506 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19507 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19511 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19513 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19515 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19516 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19517 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19518 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19522 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19523 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19525 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19527 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19528 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19529 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19533 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19538 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19539 Reload all org lisp files.
19540 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19542 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19544 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19545 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19552 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19553 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19554 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19555 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19914 25180))
19556 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19558 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19559 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19560 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19561 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19563 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19564 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19565 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19566 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19567 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19568 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19569 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19570 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19571 e Export views to associated files.
19572 s Search entries for keywords.
19573 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19574 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19575 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19576 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19577 > Remove a previous restriction.
19578 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19579 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19580 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19582 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19583 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19584 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19586 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19587 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19588 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19589 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19592 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19594 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19595 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19596 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19597 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19598 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19599 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19600 before running the agenda command.
19602 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19604 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19605 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19606 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19607 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19608 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19609 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19610 before running the agenda command.
19612 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19613 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19615 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19617 category The category of the item
19618 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19619 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19620 todo selected in TODO match
19621 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19622 diary imported from diary
19623 deadline a deadline on given date
19624 scheduled scheduled on given date
19625 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19626 closed entry was closed on given date
19627 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19628 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19629 block entry has date block including g. date
19630 todo The todo keyword, if any
19631 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19632 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19633 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19634 extra Sting with extra planning info
19635 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19636 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19637 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19639 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19641 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19644 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19646 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19647 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19649 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19651 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19652 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19653 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19654 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19656 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19657 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19658 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19661 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19662 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19663 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19665 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19666 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19668 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19670 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19671 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19673 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19674 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19675 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19676 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19679 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19680 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19681 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19682 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19683 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19684 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19686 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19687 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19688 including newlines.
19690 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19691 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19692 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19693 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19694 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19695 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19696 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19698 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19699 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19700 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19701 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19703 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19704 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19705 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19706 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19707 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19708 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19709 Boolean search must match as full words.
19711 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19712 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19714 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19716 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19717 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19718 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19719 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19720 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19721 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19725 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19726 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19727 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19729 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19731 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19732 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19733 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19734 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19735 `org-stuck-projects'.
19737 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19739 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19740 Return diary information from org-files.
19741 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19742 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19743 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19744 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19745 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19747 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19749 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19751 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19752 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19756 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19757 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19758 So the example above may also be written as
19760 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19762 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19763 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19764 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19766 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19768 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19769 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19771 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19773 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19774 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19775 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19779 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19780 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19781 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19784 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19785 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19787 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19788 for filtering entries out.
19790 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19791 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19793 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19794 (category \"Work\"))
19796 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19797 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19799 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19803 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19804 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19805 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19806 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19808 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19809 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19810 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19814 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19815 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19816 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19823 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19824 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19825 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19931
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19829 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19830 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19832 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19835 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19837 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19839 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19840 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19842 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19844 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19845 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19847 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19849 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19850 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19851 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19855 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19856 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19857 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19858 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19859 command to convert it.
19861 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19863 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19864 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19865 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19866 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19867 cut-and-paste operations.
19868 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19869 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19870 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19871 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19873 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19875 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19876 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19878 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19880 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19881 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19882 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19883 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19884 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19885 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19886 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19887 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19888 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19889 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19890 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19891 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19892 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19893 publishing directory.
19895 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19899 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19931
19901 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19903 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19904 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19905 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19911 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19912 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19915 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19916 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19922 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19923 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19845 45374))
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19926 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19928 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19929 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19930 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19931 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19932 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19933 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19935 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19936 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19937 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19940 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19942 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19943 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19946 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19953 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19954 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19960 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19961 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19845 45374))
19962 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19964 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19965 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19966 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19967 fontified, and then returned.
19969 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19971 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19972 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19978 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19979 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19845 45374))
19980 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19982 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19983 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19984 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19985 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19988 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19992 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19993 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19994 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19995 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19845 45374))
19996 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19998 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19999 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20000 This function can be used in batch processing.
20005 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20006 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20010 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20011 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20012 No file is created.
20016 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20017 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20018 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20019 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20020 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20021 then use this command to convert it.
20023 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20025 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20026 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20027 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20028 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20029 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20030 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20031 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20032 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20033 could call this function in the following way:
20035 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20037 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20038 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20040 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20042 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20043 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20045 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20048 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20052 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20053 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20054 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20055 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20056 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20057 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20058 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20059 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20060 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20061 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20062 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20063 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20064 publishing directory.
20066 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20070 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20071 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20072 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
20073 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20075 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20076 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20077 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20078 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20079 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20081 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20082 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20083 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20087 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20088 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20089 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20090 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20091 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20092 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20093 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20094 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20097 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20099 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20100 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20101 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20102 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20103 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20105 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20106 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20107 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20108 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20110 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20111 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20112 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20114 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20115 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20116 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20119 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20122 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20128 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20129 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19845
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20133 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20134 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20138 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20139 Get inbox items from FEED.
20140 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20141 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20143 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20145 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20146 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20150 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20151 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20157 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20158 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19845 45374))
20159 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20161 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20162 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20163 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20164 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
20165 create a new footnote, interactively.
20166 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20168 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20170 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20171 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20172 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20173 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20174 Org-mode exporters.
20175 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20176 referenced sequence.
20178 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20182 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20183 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20184 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20185 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19845 45374))
20186 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20188 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20189 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20190 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20191 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20192 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20193 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20194 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20195 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20196 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20197 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20198 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20199 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20202 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20204 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20206 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20207 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20209 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20211 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20212 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20213 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20215 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20217 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20218 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20219 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20220 have them in `org-mode'.
20222 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20223 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20224 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20225 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20226 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20227 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20229 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20231 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20232 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20234 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20236 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20237 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20239 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20243 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20244 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20245 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20246 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19931 11784))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20249 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20251 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20253 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20255 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20256 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20257 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20258 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20259 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20263 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20264 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20265 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20267 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20268 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20269 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20273 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20274 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20275 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20279 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20280 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20281 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20282 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20283 command to convert it.
20285 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20287 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20288 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20289 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20290 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20291 cut-and-paste operations.
20292 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20293 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20294 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20295 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20297 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20299 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20300 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20302 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20305 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20306 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20307 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20308 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20309 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20310 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20311 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20312 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20313 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20314 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20315 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20316 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20317 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20318 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20320 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20322 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20323 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20324 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20325 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20326 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20327 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20328 need into your CSS file.
20330 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20331 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20332 that uses these same face definitions.
20338 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20339 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20340 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20343 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20344 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20345 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20346 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20350 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20351 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20352 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20353 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20357 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20358 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20359 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20365 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20366 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20367 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20368 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20371 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20372 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20373 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20374 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20376 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20378 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20379 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20380 Create an ID if necessary.
20384 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20385 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20386 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20387 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20388 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20389 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20390 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20392 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20394 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20395 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20396 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20397 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20399 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20401 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20403 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20404 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20405 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20406 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20408 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20410 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20411 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20412 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20416 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20417 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20418 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20419 if there is no entry with that ID.
20420 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20422 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20424 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20425 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20429 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20430 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20436 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20437 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20440 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20441 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20443 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20444 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20445 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20451 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20452 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20455 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20456 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20462 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20463 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20464 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20465 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20466 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20468 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20469 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20473 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20474 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20475 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20479 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20480 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20481 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20485 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20486 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20487 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20488 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20489 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20490 then use this command to convert it.
20492 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20494 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20495 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20496 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20497 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20498 cut-and-paste operations.
20499 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20500 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20501 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20502 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20504 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20506 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20507 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20509 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20511 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20512 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20513 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20514 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20515 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20516 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20517 convert them as description lists.
20518 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20519 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20520 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20521 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20522 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20523 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20524 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20525 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20526 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20527 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20528 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20530 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20533 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20535 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20537 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20538 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20544 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20545 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19845
20547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20549 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20550 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20551 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20552 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20556 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20557 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20558 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20559 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20563 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20564 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20570 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20571 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20572 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20574 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20575 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20576 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20577 line directly before or after the table.
20579 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20583 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20584 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20585 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20588 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20590 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20593 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20595 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20596 Publish all projects.
20597 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20598 directory and force publishing all files.
20600 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20602 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20603 Publish the current file.
20604 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20606 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20608 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20609 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20610 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20613 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20617 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20618 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20619 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19845 45374))
20620 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20622 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20623 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20627 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20628 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20629 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20630 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20631 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20635 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20636 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20637 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20638 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20640 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20642 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20643 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20644 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20645 of the remember buffer.
20647 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20648 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20649 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20650 note stored by remember.
20652 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20653 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20655 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20658 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20659 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20660 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20661 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20662 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20663 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20664 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20665 process is used to select the target location.
20667 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20668 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20670 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20671 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20674 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20675 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20676 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20677 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20679 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20680 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20681 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20682 some additional data.
20684 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20685 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20686 \(i.e. after the stars).
20688 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20694 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20695 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19914 25180))
20696 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20698 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20699 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20703 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20704 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20708 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20709 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20710 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20711 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20712 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20714 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20719 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19845 45374))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20722 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20723 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20724 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20725 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20726 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20727 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20728 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20729 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20730 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20731 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20732 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20733 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20737 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20738 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20739 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20745 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20746 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20747 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20748 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20750 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20751 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20752 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20753 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20754 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20755 without user interaction.
20756 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20757 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20758 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20759 the region 0:00:00.
20761 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20763 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20764 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20765 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20766 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20767 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20768 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20769 that was not started at the correct moment.
20771 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20774 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20776 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20777 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20779 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20781 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20782 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20786 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20787 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20789 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20790 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20791 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20793 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20794 the duration of the timer.
20796 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20797 without prompting the user for a duration.
20799 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20800 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20801 replace any running timer.
20803 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20807 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20808 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20809 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20811 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20812 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20813 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20815 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20819 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20820 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
20821 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20822 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20823 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20825 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20826 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20827 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20828 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20830 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20831 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20832 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20833 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20835 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20836 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20837 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20838 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20839 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20840 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20842 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20843 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20844 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20846 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20847 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20848 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20849 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20850 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20851 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20852 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20853 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20854 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20855 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20856 The subheadings remain visible.
20857 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20859 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20860 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20861 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20863 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20864 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20868 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20869 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20870 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20871 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20874 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20878 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20879 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20880 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20881 ;;;;;; (19893 19022))
20882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20884 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20885 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20886 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20887 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20888 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20890 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20891 activate the package system at any time.")
20893 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20895 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20896 Install the package named NAME.
20897 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20898 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20902 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20903 Install a package from the current buffer.
20904 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20905 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20906 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20908 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20909 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20910 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20912 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20914 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20915 Install a package from a file.
20916 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20920 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20921 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20922 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20923 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20925 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20927 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20928 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20930 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20932 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20933 Display a list of packages.
20934 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20935 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20936 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20938 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20940 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20944 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19845 45374))
20945 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20947 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20948 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20949 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20952 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20954 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20956 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20957 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20958 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20959 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20961 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20962 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20968 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20969 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20971 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20973 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20974 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20975 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20976 unknown are returned as nil.
20978 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20982 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19899
20984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20986 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20987 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20988 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20990 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20991 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20993 Other useful functions are:
20995 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20996 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20997 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20998 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20999 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21000 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21001 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21002 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21003 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21005 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21007 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21008 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21009 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21010 Indentation for case statements.
21011 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21012 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21014 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21015 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21016 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21017 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21018 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21019 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21020 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21021 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21022 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21023 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21025 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21026 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21028 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21029 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21035 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21036 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (19845 45374))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21039 (defvar password-cache t "\
21040 Whether to cache passwords.")
21042 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21044 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21045 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21046 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21048 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21050 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21051 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21053 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21057 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21058 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21061 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21062 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21063 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21065 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21066 _ matches anything.
21067 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21068 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21069 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21070 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21071 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21072 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21073 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21074 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21075 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21077 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21078 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21079 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21080 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21081 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21082 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21084 PRED can take the form
21085 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21086 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21087 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21088 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21089 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21090 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21091 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21093 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21095 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21097 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21098 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21099 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21100 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21102 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21104 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21106 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21107 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21108 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21109 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21111 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21113 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21117 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19845
21119 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21121 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21122 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21128 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21129 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19845 45374))
21130 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21132 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21133 Completion for `gzip'.
21137 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21138 Completion for `bzip2'.
21142 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21143 Completion for GNU `make'.
21147 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21148 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21152 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21156 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21157 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19845 45374))
21158 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21160 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21161 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21165 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21166 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21170 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21171 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21177 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19845
21179 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21181 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21182 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21188 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21189 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21190 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19845 45374))
21191 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21193 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21194 Completion for `cd'.
21198 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21200 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21201 Completion for `rmdir'.
21205 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21206 Completion for `rm'.
21210 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21211 Completion for `xargs'.
21215 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21217 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21218 Completion for `which'.
21222 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21223 Completion for the `chown' command.
21227 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21228 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21232 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21233 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21237 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21238 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21239 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21245 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21246 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21247 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19931
21249 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21251 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21252 Support extensible programmable completion.
21253 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21254 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21256 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21259 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21263 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21264 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21265 This will modify the current buffer.
21269 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21270 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21274 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21275 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21276 This will modify the current buffer.
21280 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21281 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21285 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21286 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21290 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21291 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21292 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21293 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21294 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21296 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21298 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21299 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21305 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21306 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21307 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19845 45374))
21308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21310 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21311 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21312 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21313 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21315 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21317 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21320 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21321 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21322 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21323 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21324 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21327 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21330 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21331 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21332 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21333 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21334 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21335 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21336 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21338 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21340 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21341 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21342 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21343 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21344 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21345 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21346 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21349 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21351 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21352 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21353 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21354 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21355 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21356 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21357 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21359 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21361 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21362 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21363 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21365 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21367 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21368 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21369 A value of nil means never do it.
21370 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21371 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21372 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21374 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21376 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21377 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21378 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19845 45374))
21383 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21385 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21389 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21390 ;;;;;; (19911 48973))
21391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21392 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21393 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21394 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21395 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21396 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21397 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21399 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21400 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21401 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21402 Tab indents for Perl code.
21403 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21404 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21405 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21407 Variables controlling indentation style:
21408 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21409 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21410 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21411 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21412 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21413 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21414 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21416 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21417 `perl-indent-level'
21418 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21419 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21420 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21421 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21422 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21423 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21424 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21425 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21426 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21427 `perl-brace-offset'
21428 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21429 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21430 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21431 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21432 `perl-label-offset'
21433 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21434 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21435 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21437 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21438 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21439 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21440 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21441 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21442 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21443 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21445 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21451 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21452 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21455 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21456 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21457 \\<picture-mode-map>
21458 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21459 afterwards settable by these commands:
21461 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21462 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21463 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21464 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21466 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21467 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21468 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21469 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21471 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21472 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21473 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21474 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21476 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21477 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21478 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21479 with these commands:
21481 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21482 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21483 Move to column following last
21484 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21485 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21486 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21487 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21488 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21489 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21491 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21493 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21494 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21495 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21496 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21497 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21498 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21500 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21501 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21502 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21503 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21504 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21505 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21506 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21508 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21509 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21510 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21511 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21512 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21513 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21514 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21515 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21517 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21518 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21519 by supplying an argument.
21521 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21523 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21524 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21528 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21532 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21533 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21534 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21536 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21537 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21538 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21540 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21544 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21547 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21548 Play pong and waste time.
21549 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21550 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21552 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21560 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19940 49234))
21561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21563 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21564 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21565 Use streaming commands.
21567 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21571 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21572 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21573 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21576 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21577 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21578 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21579 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21581 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21583 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21584 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21588 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21589 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21590 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21591 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21592 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21594 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21596 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21597 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21598 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21600 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21603 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21605 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21607 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21608 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21609 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21610 Ignores leading comment characters.
21614 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21615 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21616 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21617 Ignores leading comment characters.
21623 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21624 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21625 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21626 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21627 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21628 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21629 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21630 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21631 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21632 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21633 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21634 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21635 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21636 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21637 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21638 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21639 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21640 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21641 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21642 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21644 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21645 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21647 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21649 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21653 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21654 Preview directory using ghostview.
21656 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21657 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21658 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21659 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21661 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21662 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21663 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21664 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21665 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21668 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21670 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21673 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21675 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21676 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21677 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21678 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21680 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21681 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21682 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21683 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21684 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21687 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21689 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21691 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21692 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21694 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21695 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21696 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21697 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21699 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21700 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21701 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21702 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21703 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21706 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21708 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21710 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21711 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21713 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21715 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21716 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21717 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21718 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21720 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21721 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21722 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21723 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21724 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21727 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21729 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21732 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21734 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21735 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21736 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21738 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21739 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21740 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21741 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21743 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21745 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21746 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21748 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21749 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21750 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21752 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21753 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21754 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21755 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21757 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21760 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21763 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21764 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21766 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21767 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21768 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21769 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21773 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21774 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21776 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21778 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21779 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21780 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21782 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21783 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21784 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21785 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21787 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21790 Preview region using ghostview.
21792 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21794 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21796 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21797 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21799 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21801 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21804 Print region using PostScript printer.
21806 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21808 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21810 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21811 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21813 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21815 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21818 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21820 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21822 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21824 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21825 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21827 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21829 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21831 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21832 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21834 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21836 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21838 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21839 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21841 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21843 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21846 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21847 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21848 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21850 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21853 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21854 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21856 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21858 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21860 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21861 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21862 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21863 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21867 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21868 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21869 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21870 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21874 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21875 Print directory using text printer.
21877 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21880 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21881 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21883 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21885 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21888 Print buffer using text printer.
21892 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21893 Print region using text printer.
21897 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21898 Print major mode using text printer.
21902 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21903 Preview spooled PostScript.
21905 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21906 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21907 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21909 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21910 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21911 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21913 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21915 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21916 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21918 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21919 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21920 instead of sending it to the printer.
21922 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21923 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21924 image in a file with that name.
21926 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21928 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21929 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21931 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21932 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21933 instead of sending it to the printer.
21935 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21936 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21937 image in a file with that name.
21939 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21942 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21944 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21945 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21946 instead of sending it to the printer.
21948 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21949 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21950 image in a file with that name.
21952 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21954 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21955 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21957 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21959 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21960 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21962 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21964 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21965 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21967 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21969 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21970 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21972 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21974 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21975 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21977 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21979 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21980 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21983 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21984 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21985 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21987 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21988 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21989 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21990 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21991 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21992 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21995 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21997 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21998 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22002 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22003 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22005 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22007 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22012 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22013 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22017 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22018 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22022 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22023 Toggle printing with faces.
22027 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22032 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22037 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22040 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22042 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22047 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22052 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22053 Toggle upside-down.
22057 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22058 Toggle line number.
22062 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22063 Toggle zebra stripes.
22067 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22068 Toggle printing header.
22072 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22073 Toggle printing header frame.
22077 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22082 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22083 Toggle auto region.
22087 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22092 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22093 Customization of the `printing' group.
22095 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22097 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22098 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22100 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22102 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22103 Help for the printing package.
22105 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22107 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22108 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22112 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22113 Interactively select a text printer.
22117 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22118 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22122 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22123 Show current ps-print settings.
22125 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22127 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22128 Show current printing settings.
22130 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22132 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22133 Show current lpr settings.
22135 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22137 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22138 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22140 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22141 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22142 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22143 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22146 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22148 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22149 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22150 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22152 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22153 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22154 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22155 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22156 current active printer.
22158 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22159 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22160 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22163 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22164 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22165 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22166 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22167 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22170 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22171 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22173 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22175 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22176 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22177 be done using the new current active printer.
22179 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22180 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22183 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22184 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22185 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22186 instead of sending it to the printer.
22188 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22189 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22192 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22195 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22198 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22200 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22201 Fast fire function for text printing.
22203 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22204 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22205 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22206 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22208 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22209 user for a new active text printer.
22211 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22213 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22215 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22216 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22219 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22221 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22224 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22228 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19886 45771))
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22231 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22232 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22233 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22234 information will be displayed but not selected.
22235 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22237 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22244 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19890 42850))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22247 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22248 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22250 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22251 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22253 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22255 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22256 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22259 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22260 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22261 if that value is non-nil.
22265 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22266 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22267 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22271 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22272 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22273 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22279 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22283 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22284 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22285 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22287 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22291 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19890
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22295 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22296 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22298 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22300 The following variables hold user options, and can
22301 be set through the `customize' command:
22303 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22305 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22306 `ps-mode-print-function'
22308 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22312 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22315 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22321 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22322 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22323 The keymap for this second window is:
22325 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22328 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22329 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22330 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22331 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22332 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22338 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22339 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22340 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22341 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22342 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22343 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19931
22345 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22347 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22348 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22349 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22351 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22353 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22354 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22355 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22356 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22358 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22360 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22361 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22365 nil Do not print colors.
22369 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22370 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22372 Any other value is treated as t.")
22374 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22376 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22377 Customization of ps-print group.
22381 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22382 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22384 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22385 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22386 sending it to the printer.
22388 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22389 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22390 image in a file with that name.
22392 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22394 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22395 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22396 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22397 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22398 so it has a way to determine color values.
22400 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22402 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22403 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22404 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22406 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22408 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22409 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22410 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22411 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22412 so it has a way to determine color values.
22414 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22417 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22418 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22419 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22421 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22425 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22426 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22427 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22428 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22429 so it has a way to determine color values.
22431 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22435 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22436 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22437 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22439 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22441 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22443 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22444 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22445 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22446 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22447 so it has a way to determine color values.
22449 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22451 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22453 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22454 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22456 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22457 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22458 instead of sending it to the printer.
22460 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22461 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22462 image in a file with that name.
22464 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22466 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22467 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22468 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22469 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22470 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22474 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22475 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22476 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22478 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22480 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22481 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22482 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22484 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22486 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22487 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22491 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22492 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22494 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22495 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22497 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22498 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22500 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22502 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22504 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22506 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22507 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22509 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22510 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22512 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22513 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22515 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22517 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22519 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22521 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22522 foreground and background colors respectively.
22524 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22525 bold - use bold font.
22526 italic - use italic font.
22527 underline - put a line under text.
22528 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22529 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22530 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22531 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22532 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22534 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22536 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
22541 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
22542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22544 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22546 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22550 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22551 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22552 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22553 show the buffer automatically.
22555 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22556 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22558 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22559 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22560 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22561 switch to that buffer.
22563 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22564 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22565 process buffer for a list of commands.
22567 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22568 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22569 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22571 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22573 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22574 Major mode for editing Python files.
22575 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22576 for correct parsing of the source.
22577 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22578 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22579 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22581 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22582 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22583 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22584 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22585 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22586 \\<python-mode-map>
22587 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22588 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22589 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22590 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22591 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22592 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22594 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22595 effect outside them.
22597 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22598 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22599 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22600 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22601 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22602 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22603 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22604 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22605 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22607 \\{python-mode-map}
22611 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22612 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22613 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22614 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22620 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22621 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22624 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22625 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22626 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22629 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22630 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22632 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22633 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22634 them into characters should be done separately.
22636 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22640 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22641 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22642 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22643 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22644 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19931 11784))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22647 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22648 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22652 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22653 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22654 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22656 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22657 `quail-activate', which see.
22659 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22661 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22662 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22663 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22664 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22665 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22666 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22667 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22669 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22670 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22671 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22672 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22673 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22675 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22677 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22678 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22679 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22680 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22681 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22682 list of candidates.
22684 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22685 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22686 command to be called.
22688 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22689 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22690 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22691 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22693 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22694 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22695 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22696 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22697 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22700 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22701 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22702 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22703 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22705 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22706 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22707 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22708 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22710 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22711 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22712 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22713 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22714 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22715 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22717 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22718 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22719 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22720 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22721 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22722 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22724 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22725 covers Quail translation region.
22727 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22728 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22729 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22730 for it) is inserted.
22732 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22733 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22734 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22736 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22737 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22738 non-Quail commands.
22740 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22742 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22743 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22745 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22746 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22747 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22748 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22749 you type is correctly handled.
22751 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22753 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22754 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22756 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22759 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22761 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22762 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22763 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22764 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22765 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22766 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22767 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22768 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22769 for the translation.
22770 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22772 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22773 it is used to handle KEY.
22775 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22776 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22777 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22778 the following annotation types are supported.
22780 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22781 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22783 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22786 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22787 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22788 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22791 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22792 generated for the following translations.
22794 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22796 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22797 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22799 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22800 which to install MAP.
22802 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22804 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22806 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22807 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22809 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22810 which to install MAP.
22812 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22814 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22816 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22817 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22818 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22819 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22820 a function, or a cons.
22821 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22822 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22823 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22824 for the translation.
22825 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22826 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22827 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22828 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22829 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22831 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22832 it is used to handle KEY.
22834 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22835 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22836 current Quail package.
22838 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22839 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22841 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22843 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22844 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22846 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22847 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22849 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22851 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22852 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22854 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22856 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22857 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22858 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22859 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22860 of the Emacs source tree.
22862 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22863 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22865 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22866 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22869 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22873 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22874 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22875 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19845
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22879 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22880 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22881 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22882 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22884 To make use of this do something like:
22886 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22888 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22890 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22891 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22893 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22894 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22895 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22897 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22899 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22900 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22902 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22904 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22905 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22907 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22910 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22912 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22913 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22915 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22916 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22917 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22919 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22921 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22922 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22924 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22926 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22927 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22931 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22932 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22934 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22936 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22940 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22941 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22947 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22948 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19942 4565))
22949 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22951 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22952 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22954 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22956 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22960 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22962 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22965 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22967 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22968 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22969 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22972 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22974 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22976 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22977 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22983 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
22985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22987 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22988 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22991 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22995 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22996 ;;;;;; (19938 7518))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22999 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23001 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23002 Construct a regexp interactively.
23003 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23004 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23005 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23007 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23008 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23014 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19886 45771))
23015 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23017 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23018 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23019 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23022 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23024 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23026 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23027 Toggle recentf mode.
23028 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
23029 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
23031 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
23032 that were operated on recently.
23034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23038 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23039 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23040 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23041 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23042 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
23043 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23044 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23045 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23046 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23047 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23048 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23049 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23050 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23052 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23053 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23054 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23055 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23058 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23059 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23062 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23064 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23065 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23066 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23068 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23069 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23072 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23074 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23075 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23076 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23078 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23080 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23081 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23083 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23084 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23086 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23089 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23090 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23091 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23092 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23095 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23097 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23098 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23102 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23103 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23104 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23105 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23106 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23107 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23108 and point is at the lower right corner.
23110 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23112 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23113 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23115 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23116 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23118 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23119 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23120 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23122 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23124 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23126 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23127 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23128 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23129 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23130 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23132 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23133 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23135 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23137 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23138 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23139 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23141 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23143 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23145 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23147 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23148 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23150 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23151 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23152 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23154 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23156 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23157 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23158 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23160 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23161 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23162 rectangle which were empty.
23164 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23166 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23167 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23169 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23170 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23171 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23172 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23174 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19845
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23182 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23183 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23184 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23186 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23187 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23188 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23194 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23195 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19845 45374))
23196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23198 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23199 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23203 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23204 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23206 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23207 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23209 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23210 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23211 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23214 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23215 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23216 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23218 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23219 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23220 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23222 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23223 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23225 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23226 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23228 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23229 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23232 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23236 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23237 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23238 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23244 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23245 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23248 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23249 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23250 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23251 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23252 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23253 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23255 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23257 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23259 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23260 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23261 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23262 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23263 `reftex-cite-format'.
23265 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23266 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23267 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23268 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23270 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23274 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23275 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23276 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23278 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23279 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23280 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23281 the current TeX document.
23283 With no argument, this command toggles
23284 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23285 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23291 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23292 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23295 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23296 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23297 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23299 To insert new phrases, use
23300 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23301 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23303 To index phrases use one of:
23305 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23306 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23307 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23308 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23309 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23311 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23312 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23314 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23316 Here are all local bindings.
23318 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23324 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23325 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23328 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23329 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23330 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23333 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23340 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23341 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23342 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23343 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23347 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23348 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23351 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23352 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23353 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23354 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23355 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23356 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23358 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23359 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23361 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23363 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23364 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23366 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23368 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23369 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23370 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23371 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23373 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23377 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23378 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23382 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23383 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23384 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23385 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23387 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23389 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23391 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23392 Call `remember' in another frame.
23394 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23396 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23397 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23398 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23403 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23404 Extract diary entries from the region.
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19845 45374))
23411 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23413 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23414 Repeat most recently executed command.
23415 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23416 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23417 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23419 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23420 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23421 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23422 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23424 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23425 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23426 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23428 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23432 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23433 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23436 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23437 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23439 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23440 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23441 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23442 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23443 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23444 and point is left after the salutation.
23446 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23447 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23448 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23449 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23450 left after that text.
23452 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23455 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23456 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23457 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23458 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23460 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23464 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23465 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23466 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23468 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23469 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23470 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23471 visibility of comments that precede it.
23472 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23473 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23474 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23475 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23476 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23477 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23478 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23479 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23481 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23482 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23483 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23484 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23485 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23491 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23492 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
23493 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23495 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23496 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23497 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23499 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23500 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23501 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23505 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23506 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23507 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23509 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23510 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23512 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23514 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23515 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23516 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23518 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23519 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23520 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23526 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23527 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23530 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23531 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23535 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23536 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23538 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23542 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19870 57559))
23543 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23544 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23546 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23547 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23548 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23549 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23551 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23553 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23554 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23555 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23556 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23558 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23559 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23561 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23562 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23564 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23565 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23568 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23569 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23570 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23571 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23572 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23574 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23575 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23576 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23577 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23579 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23580 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23583 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23587 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23588 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23589 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23590 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23591 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23592 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19845 45374))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23595 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23596 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23597 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23599 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23601 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23602 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23603 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23604 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23605 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23606 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23607 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23609 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23610 sent by you under different user names.
23611 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23613 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23615 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23617 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
23619 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23620 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23621 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23624 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23626 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23627 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23628 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23629 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23630 which normally happens once for each message,
23631 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23632 To make a change in this variable take effect
23633 for a message that you have already viewed,
23634 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23636 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23638 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23639 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23640 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23641 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23643 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23645 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23646 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23648 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23650 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23651 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23652 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23654 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23656 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23657 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23658 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23659 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23660 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23661 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23663 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23665 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23666 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23668 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23670 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23671 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23673 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23675 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23676 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23678 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23679 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23681 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23683 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23684 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23686 This is set to nil by default.")
23688 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23689 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23690 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23691 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23692 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23693 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23694 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23696 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23697 Read and edit incoming mail.
23698 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23699 file in RMAIL Mode.
23700 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23702 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23703 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23704 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23705 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23707 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23709 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23711 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23712 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23713 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23714 Instead, these commands are available:
23716 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23717 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23718 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23719 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23720 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23721 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23722 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23723 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23724 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23725 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23726 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23727 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23728 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23729 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23730 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23731 till a deleted message is found.
23732 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23733 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23734 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23735 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23736 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23737 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23738 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23739 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23740 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23741 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23742 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23743 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23744 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23745 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23746 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23747 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23748 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23749 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23750 (label defaults to last one specified).
23751 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23752 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23753 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23754 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23755 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23756 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23757 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23758 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23759 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23763 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23764 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23768 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23769 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23771 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23775 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23776 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19845 45374))
23777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23778 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23780 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23781 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23782 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23783 case it writes Babyl.
23785 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23786 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23787 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23788 `rmail-default-file'.
23790 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23791 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23792 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23794 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23795 the header display is currently pruned.
23797 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23798 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23799 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23800 messages after output.
23802 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23803 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23804 message (if writing a file directly).
23806 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23807 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23809 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23811 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23812 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23813 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23814 i) the header is output as currently seen
23815 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23816 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23818 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23819 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23820 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23822 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23824 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23825 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23826 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23827 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23828 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23829 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23830 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23832 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23833 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23834 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23836 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23841 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23844 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23845 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23848 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23852 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23853 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23854 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23856 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23857 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23858 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23859 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23865 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23866 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23869 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23870 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23872 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23873 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23874 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23875 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23876 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23877 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23878 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23879 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23880 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23881 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23883 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23884 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23885 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23886 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23887 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23888 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23889 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23890 to use for finding the schema.
23892 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23896 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19930
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23900 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23902 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23903 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23904 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23905 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23906 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23907 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23908 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23909 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23910 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23911 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23912 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23913 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23914 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23915 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23916 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23917 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23920 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23924 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23925 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19845 45374))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23928 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23929 Define a robin package.
23931 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23932 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23933 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23934 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23936 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23937 one replaces the old one.
23939 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23941 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23942 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23944 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23945 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23946 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23948 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23950 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23951 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23953 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23957 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23958 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19845 45374))
23959 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23961 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23962 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23964 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23966 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23967 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23969 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23971 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23972 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23974 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23976 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23977 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23978 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23980 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23981 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23984 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23988 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23989 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23995 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23996 ;;;;;; (19932 55155))
23997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24000 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24001 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24003 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24004 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24005 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24006 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24007 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24009 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24010 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24011 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24012 font-locking of blocks.
24018 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24020 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24021 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24022 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24023 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24025 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24026 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24027 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24033 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24037 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24038 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24039 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24040 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24041 nesting into account.
24043 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24049 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24051 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24055 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19845
24057 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24059 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24060 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24061 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24063 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24065 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24071 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19845
24073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24075 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24076 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24077 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24078 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24080 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24082 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24083 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24084 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24086 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24087 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24088 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24090 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24094 matches string STRING literally.
24097 matches character CHAR literally.
24099 `not-newline', `nonl'
24100 matches any character except a newline.
24103 matches any character
24108 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24109 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24110 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24112 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24113 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24114 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24115 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24117 `(not (any SET ...))'
24118 matches any character not in SET ...
24120 `line-start', `bol'
24121 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24122 in the text being matched
24125 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24127 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24128 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24129 string being matched against.
24131 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24132 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24133 string being matched against.
24136 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24137 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24140 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24141 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24144 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24146 `word-start', `bow'
24147 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24150 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24153 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24156 `(not word-boundary)'
24157 `not-word-boundary'
24158 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24162 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24165 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24167 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24168 matches 0 through 9.
24171 matches ASCII control characters.
24173 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24174 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24177 matches space and tab only.
24180 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24183 `printing', `print'
24184 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24187 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24188 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24189 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24191 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24192 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24193 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24196 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24199 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24201 `lower', `lower-case'
24202 matches anything lower-case.
24204 `upper', `upper-case'
24205 matches anything upper-case.
24207 `punctuation', `punct'
24208 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24209 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24211 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24212 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24215 matches anything that has word syntax.
24218 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24221 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24222 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24223 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24225 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24226 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24229 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24230 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24231 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24232 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24233 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24235 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24236 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24237 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24238 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24239 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24241 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24242 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24244 `(category CATEGORY)'
24245 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24246 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24248 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24249 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24250 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24251 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24255 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24256 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24257 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24258 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24259 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24260 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24261 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24262 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24263 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24264 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24265 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24266 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24267 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24268 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24277 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24281 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24283 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24288 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24289 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24291 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24292 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24293 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24294 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24295 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24297 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24298 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24299 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24300 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24302 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24303 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24304 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24305 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24306 regular expression.
24308 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24309 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24310 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24311 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24312 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24314 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24315 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24317 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24318 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24320 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24322 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24325 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24326 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24329 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24330 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24332 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24334 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24337 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24340 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24342 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24343 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24345 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24348 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24351 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24355 matches N occurrences.
24358 matches N or more occurrences.
24360 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24361 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24362 matches N to M occurrences.
24365 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24368 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24372 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24374 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24378 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19886
24380 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24382 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24383 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24384 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24387 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24389 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24391 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24392 Toggle savehist-mode.
24393 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24394 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24395 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24396 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24398 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24399 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24400 which is probably undesirable.
24402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24410 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24411 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24412 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24414 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24415 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24416 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24417 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24418 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24419 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24420 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24421 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24424 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24425 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24426 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24427 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24428 if that value is non-nil.
24432 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24433 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24434 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24437 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24438 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24439 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24440 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24441 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24442 that variable's value is a string.
24448 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24449 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24452 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24453 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24454 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24456 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24462 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24463 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24464 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24466 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24467 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24468 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24470 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24471 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24473 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24475 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24476 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24477 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24478 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24479 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24485 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24486 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24487 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24489 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24490 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24491 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24492 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24493 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19845 45374))
24501 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24502 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24503 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24507 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24508 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19845 45374))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24511 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24512 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24513 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24515 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24516 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24517 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24518 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24519 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24520 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24521 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24522 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24523 keybinding for tag names.")
24525 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24527 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24528 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24529 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24532 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24534 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24536 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24537 Toggle Semantic mode.
24538 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24540 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24541 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24542 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24543 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24546 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24552 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24553 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose mail-default-headers
24554 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24555 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24556 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24557 ;;;;;; mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator
24558 ;;;;;; send-mail-function mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
24559 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19935 31309))
24560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24562 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24563 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24565 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24567 If `parens', they look like:
24568 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24569 If `angles', they look like:
24570 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24572 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24573 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24575 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24577 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24578 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24579 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24580 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24582 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24583 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24584 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24585 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24587 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24589 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24590 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24591 This is done when the message is initialized,
24592 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24594 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24596 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24597 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24598 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24600 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24602 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (or (and window-system (eq system-type 'darwin)) (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24604 (defvar send-mail-function (if (or (and window-system (eq system-type 'darwin)) (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24605 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24606 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24607 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24608 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24609 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24610 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24612 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24613 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24615 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24616 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24618 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24620 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24621 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24622 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24625 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24627 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24628 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24629 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24630 when you first send mail.")
24632 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24634 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24635 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24636 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24637 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24638 This file need not actually exist.")
24640 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24642 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24643 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24645 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24647 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24648 Alist of mail address aliases,
24649 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24650 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24651 can specify a different file name.)
24652 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24653 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24655 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24656 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24657 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24659 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24661 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24662 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24663 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24665 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24667 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24668 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24669 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24670 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24671 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24672 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24673 in the cited portion of the message.
24675 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24676 instead of no action.")
24678 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24680 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24681 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24682 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24683 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24684 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24686 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24688 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24689 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24690 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24691 If a string, that string is inserted.
24692 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24693 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24694 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24695 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24697 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24699 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24700 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24702 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24704 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24705 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24706 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24708 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24709 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24711 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24713 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24714 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24715 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24716 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24718 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24720 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24722 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24725 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24727 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24728 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24729 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24731 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24732 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24734 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24735 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24736 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24737 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24738 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24739 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24740 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24741 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24742 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24743 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24744 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24745 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24749 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24750 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24751 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24752 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24754 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24756 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24757 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24758 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24759 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24760 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24761 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24763 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24764 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24765 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24767 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24768 User should not set this variable manually,
24769 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24770 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24771 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24772 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24773 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24775 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24776 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24777 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24778 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24780 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24781 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24784 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24786 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24787 to move to message header fields:
24790 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24791 when the message is initialized.
24793 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24794 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24796 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24799 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24800 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24802 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24803 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24804 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24805 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24806 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24807 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24808 buffer without erasing the contents.
24810 The second through fifth arguments,
24811 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24812 the initial contents of those header fields.
24813 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24814 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24815 original message being replied to, or else an action
24816 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24817 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24818 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24819 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24820 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24821 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24823 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24825 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24826 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24828 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24830 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24831 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24833 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24837 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24838 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19902
24840 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24842 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24844 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24846 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24848 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24849 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24850 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24851 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24852 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24853 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24855 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24856 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24858 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24859 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24860 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24862 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24865 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24867 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24868 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24869 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24870 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24872 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24874 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24875 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24876 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24879 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24881 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24883 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24884 Toggle Server mode.
24885 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24886 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24887 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24891 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24892 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24893 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24895 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24896 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24898 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24902 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19845 45374))
24903 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24905 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24906 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24907 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24911 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24912 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24913 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24914 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24920 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24921 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24924 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24925 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24927 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24930 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24931 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24932 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24934 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24935 in your `.emacs' file.
24937 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24939 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24940 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24945 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24946 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24947 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24948 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24949 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24950 which this is based.
24952 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24954 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24955 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24956 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24957 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24959 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24960 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24961 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24963 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24964 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24965 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24966 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24968 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24969 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24970 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24971 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24973 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24975 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24976 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24977 To work around that, do:
24978 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24986 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24987 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
24988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24989 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24991 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24992 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24993 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24994 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24995 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24996 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24998 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24999 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25000 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25001 shell-specific features.
25003 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25004 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25005 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25007 \\[sh-case] case statement
25008 \\[sh-for] for loop
25009 \\[sh-function] function definition
25010 \\[sh-if] if statement
25011 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25012 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25013 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25014 \\[sh-select] select loop
25015 \\[sh-until] until loop
25016 \\[sh-while] while loop
25018 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25019 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25020 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25021 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25022 would indent to the way it currently is.
25023 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25024 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25027 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25028 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25029 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25030 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25031 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25032 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25034 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25036 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25038 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25039 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25040 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25042 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25043 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25047 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25051 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25052 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25055 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25056 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25058 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25059 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25060 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25062 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25063 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25064 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25065 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25068 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25070 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25072 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25073 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25074 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25076 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25077 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25079 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25080 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25081 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25082 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25083 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25084 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25085 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25088 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25089 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25090 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25091 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25092 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25094 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25095 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25097 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25101 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25102 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19886
25104 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25106 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25107 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25108 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25109 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25110 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25111 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25112 sites in the cluster.
25116 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25117 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25118 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25119 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25120 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25124 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25125 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25126 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25127 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25128 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25129 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25130 `shadow-define-cluster').
25134 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25135 Set up file shadowing.
25141 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25142 ;;;;;; (19935 983))
25143 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25145 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25146 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25147 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25148 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25149 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25152 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25154 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25155 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25156 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25157 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25158 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25160 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25161 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25162 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25163 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25164 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25165 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25166 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25167 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25168 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25169 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25170 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25172 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25173 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25174 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25175 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25176 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25177 `default-process-coding-system'.
25179 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25180 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25181 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25182 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25184 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25186 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25187 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25191 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19942
25193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25195 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25198 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25202 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25203 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19845 45374))
25204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25206 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25209 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25211 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25214 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25216 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25219 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25223 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25224 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25227 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25228 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25229 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25230 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25231 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25233 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25239 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19890
25241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25243 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25244 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25245 \\{simula-mode-map}
25246 Variables controlling indentation style:
25247 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25248 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25249 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25250 `simula-indent-level'
25251 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25252 `simula-substatement-offset'
25253 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25254 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25255 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25256 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25257 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25258 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25259 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25260 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25261 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25262 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25263 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25264 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25265 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25266 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25267 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25268 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25269 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25270 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25271 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25272 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25273 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25274 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25275 or nil if they should not be changed.
25276 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25277 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25278 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25279 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25281 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25282 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25288 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25289 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25290 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25292 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25293 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25295 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25296 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25297 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25298 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25300 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25302 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25304 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25305 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25306 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25307 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25308 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25310 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25311 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25313 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25315 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25316 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25318 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25319 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25320 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25321 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25323 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25324 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25325 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25326 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25328 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25329 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25330 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25332 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25333 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25335 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25336 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25338 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25339 _ interesting point, interregion here
25340 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25341 interesting point set by _
25342 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25343 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25344 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25345 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25346 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25347 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25350 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25351 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25353 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25354 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25355 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25356 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25357 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25358 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25359 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25360 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25362 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25363 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25364 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25365 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25366 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25369 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25370 then: insert previously read string once more
25371 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25372 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25373 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25375 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25376 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25378 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25380 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25381 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25383 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25384 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25385 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25386 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25387 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25390 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25391 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25392 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25398 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25399 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19931 11784))
25400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25402 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25403 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25404 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25407 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25409 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25410 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25411 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25415 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25416 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25417 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25423 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25424 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
25425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25427 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25428 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25429 A list of images is returned.
25431 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25433 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25434 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25435 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25441 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25442 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19940 49234))
25443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25445 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25450 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25451 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25457 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25460 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25461 Play the Snake game.
25462 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25464 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25466 Snake mode keybindings:
25468 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25469 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25470 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25471 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25472 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25473 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25474 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25480 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25481 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25484 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25485 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25486 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25487 Tab indents for C code.
25488 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25489 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25491 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25496 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25497 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25498 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25499 Tab indents for C code.
25500 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25501 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25503 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25504 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25510 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19886
25512 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25514 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25515 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25516 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25517 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25518 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25520 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25526 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19889
25528 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25530 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25533 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25534 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25535 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25536 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25537 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25538 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25539 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25540 check after each move or undo.)
25544 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25545 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25546 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25565 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25566 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25567 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25568 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25570 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25571 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25572 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25575 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25576 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25578 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25594 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25596 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25602 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25603 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25604 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
25605 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25606 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25608 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25609 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25611 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25612 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25613 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25614 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25617 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25618 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25619 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25622 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25623 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25625 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25626 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25627 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25628 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25631 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25632 It should move point to the end of the record.
25634 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25635 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25636 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25637 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25638 starts at the beginning of the record.
25640 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25641 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25644 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25645 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25647 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25649 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25650 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25651 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25652 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25653 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25656 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25658 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25659 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25660 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25661 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25662 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25665 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25667 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25668 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25669 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25670 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25671 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25674 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25675 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25677 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25678 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25679 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25680 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25681 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25682 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25683 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25684 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25685 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25687 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25689 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25690 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25691 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25692 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25693 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25694 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25695 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25698 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25700 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25701 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25702 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25703 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25704 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25705 is to be used for sorting.
25706 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25707 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25708 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25709 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25710 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25712 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25714 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25717 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25718 starting with the letter \"f\",
25719 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25721 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25723 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25724 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25725 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25726 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25727 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25728 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25729 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25732 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25733 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25734 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25735 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25736 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25738 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25740 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25741 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25742 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25744 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25748 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19867
25750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25752 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25753 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25754 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25755 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25756 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25757 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25759 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25763 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25764 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25765 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19845 45374))
25766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25768 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25769 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25771 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25772 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25773 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25775 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25777 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25778 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25779 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25782 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25784 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25785 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25786 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25788 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25790 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25791 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25792 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25793 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25798 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25799 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25800 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25801 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25807 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25808 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19886 45771))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25811 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25813 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25814 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25815 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25816 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25817 supported at a time.
25818 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25819 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25823 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25824 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25825 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25826 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25832 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
25834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25836 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25837 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25841 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25842 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25848 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25849 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25850 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25851 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25852 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25855 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25856 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25858 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25859 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25860 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25861 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25862 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25863 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25864 of the current highlighting list.
25868 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25869 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25871 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25872 `_t' as data types.
25874 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25876 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25877 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25879 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25880 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25882 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25886 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25890 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25892 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25893 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25895 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25896 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25897 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25898 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25900 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25901 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25902 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25903 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25905 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25906 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25907 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25911 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25912 Major mode to edit SQL.
25914 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25915 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25916 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25919 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25921 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25922 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25923 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25924 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25925 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25926 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25928 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25929 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25931 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25932 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25933 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25935 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25937 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25941 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25942 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25944 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25947 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25948 is specified in the connection settings.
25950 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25952 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25953 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25958 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25959 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25960 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25961 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25963 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25965 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25967 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25968 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25970 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25971 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25974 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25975 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25976 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25977 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25979 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25980 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25982 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25983 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25984 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25989 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25992 `default-process-coding-system'.
25994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25996 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25998 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25999 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26001 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26002 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26005 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26006 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26007 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26008 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26010 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26011 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26013 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26014 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26015 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26018 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26019 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26020 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26021 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26022 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26023 `default-process-coding-system'.
26025 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26027 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26029 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26030 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26032 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26033 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26036 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26037 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26039 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26040 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26042 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26043 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26044 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26047 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26048 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26049 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26050 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26051 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26052 `default-process-coding-system'.
26054 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26058 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26059 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26061 SQLite is free software.
26063 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26064 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26067 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26068 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26069 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26070 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26072 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26073 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26075 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26076 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26077 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26081 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26082 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26083 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26085 `default-process-coding-system'.
26087 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26089 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26091 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26092 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26094 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26096 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26097 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26100 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26101 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26102 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26103 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26105 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26106 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26108 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26109 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26110 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26113 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26114 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26115 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26116 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26117 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26118 `default-process-coding-system'.
26120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26122 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26124 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26125 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26127 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26128 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26131 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26132 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26135 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26136 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26138 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26139 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26140 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26143 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26144 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26145 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26146 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26147 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26148 `default-process-coding-system'.
26150 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26152 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26154 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26155 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26157 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26158 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26161 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26162 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26164 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26165 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26167 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26168 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26169 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26172 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26173 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26174 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26175 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26176 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26177 `default-process-coding-system'.
26179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26181 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26183 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26184 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26186 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26187 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26190 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26191 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26192 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26193 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26195 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26196 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26198 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26199 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26200 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26203 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26204 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26205 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26206 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26207 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26208 `default-process-coding-system'.
26210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26214 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26215 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26222 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26223 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26224 `sql-postgres-options'.
26226 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26227 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26229 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26230 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26231 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26234 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26235 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26236 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26237 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26238 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26239 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26240 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26241 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26243 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26244 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26246 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26248 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26250 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26251 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26253 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26254 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26257 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26258 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26261 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26262 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26264 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26265 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26266 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26269 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26270 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26271 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26272 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26273 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26274 `default-process-coding-system'.
26276 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26278 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26280 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26281 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26283 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26284 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26287 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26290 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26291 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26293 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26294 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26295 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26296 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26298 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26299 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26300 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26303 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26304 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26305 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26306 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26307 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26308 `default-process-coding-system'.
26310 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26312 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26314 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26315 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26317 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26318 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26321 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26322 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26323 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26324 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26327 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26328 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26329 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26330 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26333 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26334 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26336 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26337 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26338 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26341 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26343 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26347 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26348 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26349 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26351 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26352 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26356 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26360 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26361 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26364 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26365 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26366 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26367 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26368 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26369 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26370 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26371 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26372 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26373 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26375 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26376 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26377 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26378 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26380 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26384 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26385 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26386 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26387 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26388 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19886
26390 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26392 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26393 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26394 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26395 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26396 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26397 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26399 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26401 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26404 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26405 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26406 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26407 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26408 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26409 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26411 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26413 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26414 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26415 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26416 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26417 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26418 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26419 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26421 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26423 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26424 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26425 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26429 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26430 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26431 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26433 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26436 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26438 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26441 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26445 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26446 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26450 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26451 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26452 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26453 chronologically by command name.
26454 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26456 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26458 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26459 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26460 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26463 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26465 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26467 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26468 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26469 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26470 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26471 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26472 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26473 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26475 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26476 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26477 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26478 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26480 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26484 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26485 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26486 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26487 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26489 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26492 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26498 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26499 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
26500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26502 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26503 Studlify-case the region.
26505 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26507 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26508 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26510 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26512 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26513 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26519 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26520 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26523 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26524 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26525 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26526 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26527 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26528 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26529 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26530 Here are some examples:
26532 Nomenclature Subwords
26533 ===========================================================
26534 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26535 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26536 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26538 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26539 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26542 \\{subword-mode-map}
26544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26546 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26547 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26548 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26551 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26553 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26555 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26556 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26557 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26559 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26560 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26561 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26567 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26568 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26571 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26572 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26573 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26574 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26575 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26576 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26577 original message but it does require a few things:
26579 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26581 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26584 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26585 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26588 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26590 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26592 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26593 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26594 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26600 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19845
26602 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26604 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26606 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26607 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26608 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26610 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26611 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26613 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26615 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26616 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26617 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26618 otherwise turn it off.
26620 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26621 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26622 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26628 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19845 45374))
26629 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26631 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26632 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26633 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26634 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26635 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26639 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26640 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26641 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26642 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26643 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26644 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26645 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26651 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26652 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26653 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26654 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26655 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26656 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26657 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26658 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26659 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26660 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26661 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26662 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26663 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19845 45374))
26664 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26666 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26667 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26668 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26670 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26672 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26673 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26675 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26677 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26678 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26680 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26682 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26683 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26685 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26687 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26688 Insert an editable text table.
26689 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26690 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26691 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26692 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26693 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26694 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26699 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26701 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26706 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26707 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26708 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26709 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26712 +-----+-----+-----+
26714 +-----+-----+-----+
26716 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26718 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26719 width, which results as
26721 +--------------+-----+-----+
26723 +--------------+-----+-----+
26725 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26726 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26728 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26732 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26733 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26734 width information to `table-insert'.
26736 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26742 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26745 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26746 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26753 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26755 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26763 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26765 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26768 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26771 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26774 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26775 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26776 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26778 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26781 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26784 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26787 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26789 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26792 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26795 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26796 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26797 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26798 | | |expected results.-!- |
26799 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26804 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26808 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26810 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26811 Insert N table row(s).
26812 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26813 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26814 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26815 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26819 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26820 Insert N table column(s).
26821 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26822 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26823 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26824 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26828 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26829 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26830 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26832 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26834 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26835 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26836 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26837 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26838 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26839 all the table specific features.
26841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26848 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26849 Recognize all tables within region.
26850 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26851 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26852 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26855 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26857 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26860 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26862 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26863 Recognize a table at point.
26864 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26865 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26866 the table specific features.
26868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26870 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26875 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26876 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26877 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26878 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26879 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26880 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26881 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26883 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26885 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26890 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26891 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26892 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26893 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26894 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26895 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26898 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26900 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26901 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26902 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26903 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26904 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26905 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26906 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26911 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26912 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26913 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26914 table's rectangle structure.
26916 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26918 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26919 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26920 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26921 table's rectangle structure.
26925 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26926 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26927 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26928 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26929 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26931 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26933 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26934 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26935 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26937 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26938 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26939 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26940 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26941 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26942 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26943 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26945 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26946 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26947 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26948 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26949 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26950 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26951 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26953 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26954 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26955 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26956 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26957 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26958 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26959 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26960 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26962 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26964 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26965 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26966 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26967 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26971 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26972 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26973 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26975 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26977 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26978 Split current cell vertically.
26979 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26983 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26984 Split current cell horizontally.
26985 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26989 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26990 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26991 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26993 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26995 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26996 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26997 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26998 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27000 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27002 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27003 Justify cell contents.
27004 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27005 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27006 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27007 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27009 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27011 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27012 Justify cells of a row.
27013 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27014 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27016 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27018 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27019 Justify cells of a column.
27020 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27021 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27023 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27025 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27026 Toggle fixing width mode.
27027 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27028 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27029 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27033 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27034 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27035 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27036 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27037 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27038 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27039 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27040 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27041 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27042 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27043 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27045 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27047 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27048 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27049 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27050 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27051 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27052 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27053 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27054 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27055 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27056 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27057 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27058 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27061 References used for this implementation:
27064 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27067 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27069 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27070 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27071 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27073 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27075 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27076 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27077 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27078 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27079 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27080 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27081 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27082 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27083 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27084 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27085 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27086 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27087 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27088 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27089 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27090 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27091 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27096 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27097 (table-forward-cell 15)
27098 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27099 (table-forward-cell 16)
27100 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27101 (table-forward-cell 1)
27102 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27105 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27106 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27107 (table-forward-cell 1)
27108 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27110 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27112 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27113 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27114 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27115 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27116 consists from cells of same height.
27120 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27121 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27122 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27123 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27124 column must consists from cells of same width.
27128 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27129 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27130 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27131 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27132 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27133 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27134 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27135 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27136 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27137 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27138 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27139 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27140 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27141 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27142 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27151 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27152 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27153 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27156 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27158 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27160 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27162 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27166 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27167 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27168 of each row is optional.
27173 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27174 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27175 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27176 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27177 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27179 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27180 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27182 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27183 expression and raw delimiter regular
27184 expression, it parses the specified text
27185 area and extracts cell items from
27186 non-table text and then forms a table out
27189 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27190 creates a single cell table. The text in
27191 the specified region is placed in that
27194 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27197 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27198 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27199 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27201 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27202 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27203 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27204 | area and extracts cell items from |
27205 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27208 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27209 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27210 | the specified region is placed in that |
27212 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27214 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27215 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27218 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27219 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27220 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27221 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27222 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27223 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27224 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27225 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27226 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27228 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27229 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27230 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27231 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27233 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27235 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27236 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27237 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27239 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27241 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27242 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27243 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27244 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27245 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27251 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27252 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
27253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27255 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27256 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27257 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27258 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27260 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27261 which are labelled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27262 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27263 to their column values.
27265 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27267 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27268 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27269 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27270 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27271 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27272 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27273 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27274 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27276 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27277 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27278 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27279 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27280 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27281 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27283 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27284 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27285 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27286 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27287 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27288 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27294 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19886 45771))
27295 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27297 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27298 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27300 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27302 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27303 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27309 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19886 45771))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27312 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27313 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27314 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27315 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27316 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27317 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27318 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27320 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27321 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27322 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27323 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27325 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27332 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27333 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19890 42850))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27336 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27337 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27338 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27339 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27340 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27341 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27343 Variables controlling indentation style:
27345 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27346 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27347 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27349 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27350 documentation for details):
27351 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27352 Controls action of TAB key.
27354 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27355 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27356 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27357 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27358 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27360 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27361 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27366 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27367 Run inferior Tcl process.
27368 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27369 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27373 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27374 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27375 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27377 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27381 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19845 45374))
27382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27383 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27385 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27386 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27387 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27388 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27390 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27391 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27392 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27393 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27394 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27396 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27397 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27399 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27400 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27401 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27402 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27408 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27409 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
27410 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27412 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27413 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27414 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27415 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27416 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27417 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27419 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27421 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27422 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27423 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27424 commands to use in that buffer.
27426 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27428 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27431 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27433 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27435 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27436 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27437 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27438 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27439 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27440 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27441 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27442 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27443 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27444 use in that buffer.
27445 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27447 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27451 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19931
27453 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27455 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27456 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27457 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27458 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27459 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27460 program as keyboard input.
27462 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27463 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27464 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27465 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27467 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27468 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27469 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27470 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27471 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27473 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27475 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27476 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27477 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27478 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27480 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27481 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27482 subprocess started.
27484 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27488 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27489 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27492 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27493 Start coverage on function under point.
27499 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19889 21967))
27500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27502 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27503 Play the Tetris game.
27504 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27505 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27506 as to form complete rows.
27508 tetris-mode keybindings:
27509 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27510 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27511 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27512 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27513 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27514 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27515 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27516 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27517 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27523 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27524 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27525 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27526 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27527 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27528 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27529 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27530 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27533 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27534 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27538 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27539 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27540 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27541 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27542 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27544 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27546 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27547 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27548 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27549 if it matches the first line of the file,
27550 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27552 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27554 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27555 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27556 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27557 if the variable is non-nil.")
27559 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27561 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27562 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27564 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27566 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27567 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27568 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27569 See the documentation of that variable.")
27571 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27573 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27574 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27575 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27576 See the documentation of that variable.")
27578 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27580 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27581 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27582 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27583 See the documentation of that variable.")
27585 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27587 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27588 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27589 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27590 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27591 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27593 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27595 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27596 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27597 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27598 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27600 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27602 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27603 User defined LaTeX block names.
27604 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27606 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27608 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27609 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27610 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27611 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27613 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27615 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27616 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27617 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27618 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27620 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27622 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27623 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27624 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27625 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27627 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27628 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27631 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27632 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27634 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27637 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27639 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27640 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27641 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27642 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27643 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27645 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27647 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27649 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27650 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27651 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27653 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27655 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27656 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27657 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27658 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27659 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27661 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27663 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27664 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27666 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27668 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27669 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27671 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27673 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27674 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27675 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27676 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27677 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27678 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27679 says which mode to use.
27683 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27685 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27687 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27689 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27690 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27691 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27692 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27693 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27695 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27696 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27697 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27698 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27699 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27700 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27701 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27703 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27704 mismatched $'s or braces.
27707 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27711 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27713 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27714 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27715 tex-dvi-print-command
27716 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27717 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27718 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27719 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27720 tex-dvi-view-command
27721 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27722 tex-show-queue-command
27723 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27724 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27726 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27727 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27728 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27732 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27733 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27734 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27735 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27736 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27738 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27739 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27740 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27741 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27742 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27743 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27744 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27746 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27747 mismatched $'s or braces.
27754 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27756 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27757 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27758 tex-dvi-print-command
27759 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27760 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27761 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27762 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27763 tex-dvi-view-command
27764 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27765 tex-show-queue-command
27766 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27767 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27769 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27770 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27771 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27775 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27776 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27777 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27778 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27779 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27781 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27782 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27783 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27784 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27785 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27786 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27787 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27789 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27790 mismatched $'s or braces.
27793 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27797 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27799 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27800 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27801 tex-dvi-print-command
27802 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27803 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27804 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27805 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27806 tex-dvi-view-command
27807 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27808 tex-show-queue-command
27809 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27810 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27812 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27813 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27814 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27815 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27819 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27824 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27825 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27831 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27832 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19845 45374))
27833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27835 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27836 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27837 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27838 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27840 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27841 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27842 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27844 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27846 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27847 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27848 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27849 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27850 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27852 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27854 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27855 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27856 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27857 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27859 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27860 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27861 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27862 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27864 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27865 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27867 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27872 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
27873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27875 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27876 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27878 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27880 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27881 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27883 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27885 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27886 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27888 It has these extra commands:
27889 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27891 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27892 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27893 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27894 modified version of TeX input format.
27896 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27897 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27898 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27899 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27901 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27902 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27903 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27904 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27905 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27906 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27907 in the Texinfo file.
27909 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27910 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27911 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27912 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27913 move forward past the closing brace.
27915 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27916 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27918 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27919 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27920 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27922 Here are the functions:
27924 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27925 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27926 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27928 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27929 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27930 texinfo-master-menu
27932 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27934 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27935 which menu descriptions are indented.
27937 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27938 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27941 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27942 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27943 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27944 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27946 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27947 be the first node in the file.
27949 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27950 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27956 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27957 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27958 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27961 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27962 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27963 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27964 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27968 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27969 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27971 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27973 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27974 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27978 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27981 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27985 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27986 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27987 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19918 22236))
27988 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27990 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27991 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27993 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27995 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27996 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27997 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27998 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27999 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28001 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28002 a symbol as a valid THING.
28004 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
28005 of the textual entity that was found.
28007 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28009 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28010 Return the THING at point.
28011 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28012 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28013 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28015 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28016 a symbol as a valid THING.
28018 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28020 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28021 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28025 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28026 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28030 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28031 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28035 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28036 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28042 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28043 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28044 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28047 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28048 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28052 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28053 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28054 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28055 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28057 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28059 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28060 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28064 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28065 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28069 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28071 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28072 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28078 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28079 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28080 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28081 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28082 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19845
28084 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28086 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28087 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28088 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28092 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28093 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28095 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28097 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28098 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28099 The returned string has no composition information.
28101 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28103 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28104 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28106 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28108 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28109 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28111 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28113 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28114 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28115 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28116 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28120 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28121 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28122 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28123 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28125 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28127 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28128 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28129 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28133 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28134 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28135 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28139 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28142 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28144 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28147 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28149 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28152 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28156 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28157 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28160 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28161 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28162 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28163 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28165 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28167 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28169 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28170 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28171 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28172 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28174 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28180 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28181 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28182 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19886 45771))
28183 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28185 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28186 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28188 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28189 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28191 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28192 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28193 This display updates automatically every minute.
28194 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28195 are displayed as well.
28196 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28200 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28201 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28202 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28205 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28207 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28209 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28210 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28211 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28213 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28214 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28215 customizing `display-time-interval').
28216 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28217 are displayed as well.
28218 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28222 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28223 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28224 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28225 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28229 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28230 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28231 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28232 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28234 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28236 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28237 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28243 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28244 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28245 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28246 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28247 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
28248 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28250 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28251 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28252 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28254 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28255 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28256 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28257 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28259 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28260 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28261 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28263 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28264 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28266 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28268 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28269 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28271 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28273 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28274 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28276 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28278 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28279 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28280 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28282 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28284 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28286 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28287 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28288 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28290 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28292 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28293 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28295 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28297 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28298 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28299 DATE should be a date-time string.
28301 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28303 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28304 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28305 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28307 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28309 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28310 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28312 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28314 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28315 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28317 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28319 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28320 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28321 TIME should be a time value.
28322 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28324 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28326 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28327 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28328 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28330 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28332 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28333 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28334 The valid format specifiers are:
28335 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28336 %d is the number of days.
28337 %h is the number of hours.
28338 %m is the number of minutes.
28339 %s is the number of seconds.
28340 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28341 %% is a literal \"%\".
28343 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28344 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28346 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28347 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28348 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28350 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28351 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28352 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28354 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28356 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28360 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28361 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19886 45771))
28362 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28363 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28364 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28365 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28366 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28367 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28368 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28369 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28370 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28372 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28373 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28374 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28375 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28376 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28377 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28378 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28379 look like one of the following:
28382 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28383 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28384 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28385 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28386 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28387 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28388 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28393 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28394 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28395 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28401 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28402 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28403 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28404 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28405 ;;;;;; (19909 7240))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28408 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28409 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28410 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28411 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28412 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28413 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28414 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28415 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28416 display (non-nil means on).
28418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28420 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28421 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28422 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28423 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28424 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28425 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28426 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28427 this function is called within a day.
28429 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28430 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28431 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28432 discover the name of the project.
28434 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28436 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28437 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28438 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28439 begun during the last time segment.
28441 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28442 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28443 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28444 discover the reason.
28446 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28448 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28449 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28450 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28451 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28452 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28454 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28456 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28457 Change to working on a different project.
28458 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28459 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28460 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28463 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28465 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28466 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28467 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28471 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28472 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28473 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28477 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28478 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28479 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28480 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28481 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28482 \"relative to today\".
28484 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28486 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28487 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28488 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28489 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28491 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28493 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28494 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28495 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28496 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28497 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28498 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28500 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28504 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28505 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19845 45374))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28508 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28509 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28510 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28511 the generated Quail package is saved.
28513 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28515 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28516 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28517 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28518 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28519 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28520 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28521 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28523 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28527 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28528 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19845 45374))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28530 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28531 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28533 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28534 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28535 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28536 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28537 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28539 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28541 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28542 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28543 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28544 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28545 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28547 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28549 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28550 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28551 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28552 in the menu in two ways:
28553 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28554 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28555 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28557 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28558 keymap or an alist of alists.
28559 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28560 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28562 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28566 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28567 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28568 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19845 45374))
28569 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28571 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28572 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28574 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28576 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28577 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28579 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28581 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28582 Insert new TODO list entry.
28583 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28588 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28589 List top priorities for each category.
28591 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28592 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28594 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28595 between each category.
28596 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28598 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28600 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28601 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28602 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28603 between each category.
28605 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28607 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28609 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28610 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28614 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28615 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28619 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28626 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28627 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28628 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19886 45771))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28631 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28632 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28633 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28637 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28638 Add an item to the tool bar.
28639 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28640 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28641 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28642 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28644 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28645 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28646 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28647 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28649 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28650 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28652 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28654 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28655 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28656 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28657 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28658 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28659 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28661 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28662 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28663 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28664 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28666 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28668 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28669 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28670 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28671 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28672 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28673 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28674 properties to add to the binding.
28676 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28678 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28679 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28681 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28683 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28684 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28685 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28686 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28687 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28688 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28689 properties to add to the binding.
28691 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28694 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28699 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28702 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28703 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28704 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28707 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28709 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28711 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28716 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28718 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28719 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28725 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28726 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28729 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28730 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28732 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28733 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28734 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28735 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28736 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28738 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28739 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28740 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28741 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28742 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28744 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28749 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28750 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28751 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28752 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28753 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28754 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28760 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
28761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28763 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28764 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28765 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28766 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28767 to a tcp server on another machine.
28769 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28773 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28774 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
28775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28777 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28778 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28780 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28782 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28783 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28784 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28785 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28786 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28787 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28788 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28789 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28791 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28793 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28794 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28795 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28796 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28797 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28798 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28799 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28800 the window or buffer configuration.
28802 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28804 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28808 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28809 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28810 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28811 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19924 47209))
28812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28814 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28815 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28816 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28818 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28820 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28821 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28823 It can have the following values:
28825 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28826 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28827 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28829 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28831 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28832 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28833 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28834 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28836 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28838 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28839 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28840 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28841 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28843 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28844 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28845 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28847 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28848 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28849 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28850 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28851 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28852 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28853 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28854 files which are not really Tramp files.
28856 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28857 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28858 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28859 updated after changing this variable.
28861 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28863 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28864 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28865 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28866 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28868 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28869 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28870 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28871 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28873 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28875 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28876 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28877 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28878 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28880 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28881 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28882 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28884 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28885 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28886 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28888 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28889 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28890 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28891 updated after changing this variable.
28893 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28895 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28896 Alist of completion handler functions.
28897 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28898 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28899 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28901 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28902 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28903 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28904 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28906 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28907 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28908 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28909 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28911 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28912 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28913 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28917 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28918 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28919 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28921 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28922 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28924 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28926 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28931 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28932 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28934 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28936 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28937 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28939 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28941 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28942 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28948 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28949 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28952 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28959 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19845
28961 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28963 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28964 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28965 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28966 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28967 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28968 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28969 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28970 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28972 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28973 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28974 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28976 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28977 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28980 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28984 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28985 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28986 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28988 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28991 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28995 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28996 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19845 45374))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28998 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28999 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29000 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29002 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29003 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29004 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29005 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29006 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29007 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29008 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29012 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29013 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29014 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29015 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29017 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29021 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29022 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29023 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29024 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29025 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29026 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29027 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29029 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29030 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29032 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29035 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29037 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29043 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29044 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29045 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29046 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29047 ;;;;;; (19919 43103))
29048 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29050 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29051 Toggle typing break mode.
29052 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29054 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29056 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29058 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29059 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29061 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29063 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29064 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29066 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29067 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29068 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29070 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29071 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29073 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29075 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29076 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29078 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29079 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29080 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29081 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29083 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29085 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29086 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29087 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29089 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29090 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29091 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29092 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29093 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29094 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29096 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29097 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29098 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29099 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29101 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29102 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29104 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29105 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29107 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29109 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29110 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29111 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29113 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29114 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29115 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29116 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29117 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29118 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29119 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29121 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29122 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29124 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29125 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29126 reset the keystroke counter.
29128 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29129 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29130 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29131 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29133 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29134 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29135 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29136 `type-break-schedule' command.
29138 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29139 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29140 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29141 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29142 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29143 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29144 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29145 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29146 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29148 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29149 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29150 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29151 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29152 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29154 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29155 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29156 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29157 approximate good values for this.
29159 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29160 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29162 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29163 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29164 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29165 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29166 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29167 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29169 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29170 a typing break occur. They include:
29172 `type-break-query-mode'
29173 `type-break-query-function'
29174 `type-break-query-interval'
29176 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29178 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29179 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29180 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29183 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29185 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29186 Take a typing break.
29188 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29189 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29191 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29192 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29196 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29197 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29198 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29199 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29203 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29204 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29206 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29207 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29208 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29209 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29210 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29211 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29212 average typing speed.)
29214 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29215 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29216 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29217 the computed maximum threshold.
29219 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29220 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29221 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29222 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29223 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29225 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29229 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29232 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29233 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29234 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29235 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29236 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29238 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29242 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29243 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29244 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29245 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29246 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29247 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19845 45374))
29248 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29250 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29251 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29255 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29256 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29258 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29260 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29261 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29263 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29265 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29266 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29268 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29270 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29271 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29275 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29276 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29278 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29280 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29281 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29285 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29286 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29288 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29290 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29291 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29295 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29296 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29298 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29300 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29301 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29305 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29306 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29308 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29312 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29313 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29316 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29317 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29318 Works by overstriking underscores.
29319 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29320 which specify the range to operate on.
29322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29324 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29325 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29326 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29327 which specify the range to operate on.
29329 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29333 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29334 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29337 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29338 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29339 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29340 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29341 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29342 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29346 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29347 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29349 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29353 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29357 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29358 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29359 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29360 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29362 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29366 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29367 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19845 45374))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29370 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29371 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29372 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29374 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29375 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29376 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29377 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29378 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29379 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29381 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29382 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29383 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29385 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29386 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29387 the callback is not called).
29389 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29390 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29391 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29394 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29396 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29398 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29399 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29400 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29401 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29402 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29404 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29408 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29409 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29410 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29412 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29413 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29414 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29416 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29417 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29418 `url-generic-parse-url'
29419 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29420 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29421 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29423 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29424 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29425 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29426 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29427 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29428 what type of auth to use
29429 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29430 if one cannot be found in the cache
29432 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29434 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29435 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29437 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29438 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29439 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29440 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29441 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29442 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29443 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29444 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29446 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29450 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29451 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19845 45374))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29454 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29455 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29457 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29459 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29460 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29461 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29463 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29466 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29468 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29472 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
29473 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29475 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29482 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29483 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19845 45374))
29484 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29486 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29491 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29502 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29503 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29505 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29509 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29510 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
29511 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29513 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29514 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29518 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29519 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29520 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29521 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29522 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29524 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29528 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29529 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29530 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29531 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29533 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29534 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29535 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29538 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29540 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29542 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29543 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29547 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29548 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29549 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29550 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29552 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29554 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29555 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29556 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29557 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29558 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29559 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29560 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29561 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29562 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29563 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29565 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29567 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29568 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29569 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29572 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29574 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29577 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29581 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29582 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19882 48702))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29585 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29586 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29587 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29588 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29589 CBARGS as the arguments.
29591 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29593 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29598 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29600 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29603 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29605 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29606 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29607 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29609 Property list members:
29612 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29616 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29620 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29623 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29626 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29627 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29628 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29633 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29634 Default HTTPS port.")
29636 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29637 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29638 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29640 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29641 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29642 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29643 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29644 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29648 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
29649 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29651 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29654 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29658 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19845
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29662 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29663 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29664 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29665 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29666 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29668 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29672 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29673 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29674 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29676 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29679 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29681 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29682 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29688 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29689 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
29690 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29692 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29693 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29695 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29697 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29698 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29700 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29702 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29705 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29707 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29709 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29711 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29713 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29714 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29720 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29721 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29722 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29724 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29729 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29736 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29737 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29738 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29741 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29744 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29746 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29749 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29751 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29754 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29756 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29759 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29761 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29764 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29766 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29769 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29771 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29774 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29778 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29779 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29782 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29783 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29785 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29787 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29788 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29789 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29790 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29796 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29797 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29798 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29800 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29801 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29807 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29808 ;;;;;; (19942 4565))
29809 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29811 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29812 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29813 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
29814 controls the level of parallelism via the
29815 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
29817 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29821 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29822 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29823 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29824 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29825 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29826 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29827 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19867 59212))
29828 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29830 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29831 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29832 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29834 If t, all messages will be logged.
29835 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29836 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29838 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29840 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29843 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29845 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29848 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29850 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29851 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29852 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29853 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29854 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29860 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29862 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29863 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29864 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29868 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29869 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29870 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29872 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29874 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29875 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29877 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29879 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29880 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29884 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29885 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29889 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29894 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29897 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29899 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29902 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29904 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29906 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29907 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29909 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29911 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29912 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29914 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29916 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29919 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29921 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29922 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29923 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29924 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29925 forbidden in URL encoding.
29927 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29929 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29930 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29931 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29932 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29933 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29934 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29936 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29938 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29939 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29940 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29941 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29943 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29945 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29946 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29947 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29949 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29951 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29952 View the current document's URL.
29953 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29956 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29958 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29962 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29963 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
29964 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29966 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29967 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29968 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29969 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29970 to refrain from editing the file
29971 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29972 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29973 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29974 in any way you like.
29976 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29978 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29979 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29980 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29981 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29982 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29984 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29985 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29991 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29992 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29993 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29996 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29999 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30001 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30004 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30006 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30009 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30011 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30014 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30018 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
30019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30021 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30022 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30024 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30028 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30029 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30030 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30033 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30034 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30035 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30036 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30038 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30040 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30041 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30042 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30044 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30046 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30047 Uudecode region between START and END.
30048 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30050 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30054 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30055 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30056 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30057 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30058 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30059 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30060 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19888
30062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30064 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30065 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30068 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30070 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30071 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30072 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30074 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30076 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30077 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30080 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30082 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30083 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30084 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30086 For locking systems:
30087 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30089 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30090 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30091 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30092 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30093 it performs a revert on that file.
30094 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30095 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30096 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30097 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30098 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30099 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30100 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30102 For merging systems:
30103 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30104 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30105 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30106 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30107 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30108 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30109 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30110 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30111 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30113 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30115 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30116 Register into a version control system.
30117 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30118 Otherwise register the current file.
30119 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30120 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30122 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30123 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30124 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30125 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30126 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30127 first backend that could register the file is used.
30129 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30131 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30132 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30134 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30136 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30137 Display diffs between file revisions.
30138 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30139 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30140 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30142 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30145 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30147 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30148 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30149 repository history using ediff.
30151 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30153 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30154 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30155 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30156 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30157 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30159 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30162 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30164 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30165 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30166 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30167 fileset with the working revision.
30168 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30169 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30171 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30174 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30176 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30177 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30178 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30179 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30183 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30184 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30185 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30186 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30190 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30191 Perform a version control merge operation.
30192 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30193 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30194 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30196 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30197 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30198 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30199 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30200 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30201 changes from the current branch.
30205 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30207 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30208 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30209 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30210 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30211 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30212 checked out in that new branch.
30214 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30216 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30217 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30218 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30219 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30220 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30221 allowed and simply skipped).
30223 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30225 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30226 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30227 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30228 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30229 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30231 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30232 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30234 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30236 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30237 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30238 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30239 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30240 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30242 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30244 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30245 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30246 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30248 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30250 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30251 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30252 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30254 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30256 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30257 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30258 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30259 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30263 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30264 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30265 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30266 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30270 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30272 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30273 Update the current fileset or branch.
30274 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30275 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30276 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30278 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30279 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30280 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30281 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30282 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30286 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30288 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30289 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30290 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30291 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30292 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30293 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30294 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30296 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30298 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30299 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30300 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30301 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30302 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30303 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30304 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30305 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30306 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30308 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30310 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30311 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30315 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30316 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30318 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30320 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30321 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30322 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30325 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30327 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30328 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30329 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30331 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30332 log entries should be gathered.
30334 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30336 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30337 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30339 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30343 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30344 ;;;;;; (19920 63959))
30345 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30347 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30348 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30350 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30351 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30352 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30353 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30354 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30355 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30357 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30358 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30359 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30360 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30361 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30362 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30363 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30364 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30366 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30368 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30370 Customization variables:
30372 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30373 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30374 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30375 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30377 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19845 45374))
30382 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30383 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30384 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30387 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19931 34253))
30392 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30394 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30395 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30397 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30398 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30399 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30402 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19845 45374))
30407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30408 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30409 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30410 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30412 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30416 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19930 13389))
30417 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30419 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30420 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30421 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30422 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30423 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30425 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30426 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30427 The file lines appear later.
30429 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30430 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30432 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30434 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30436 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30440 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30441 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30444 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30445 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30446 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30447 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30448 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30449 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30450 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30451 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30452 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30453 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30454 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30455 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30456 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30457 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30458 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30460 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19845 45374))
30465 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30466 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30467 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30468 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30471 (vc-git-registered file))))
30475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
30476 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30477 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30478 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30479 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30482 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19845 45374))
30487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30489 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30491 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30492 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30493 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30496 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30500 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30501 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30504 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30505 Where to look for RCS master files.
30506 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30508 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30510 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30514 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30515 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30516 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30518 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30519 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30520 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30522 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30523 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30525 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30526 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30527 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30528 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19845 45374))
30533 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30534 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30535 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30536 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30539 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30541 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30545 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30546 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
30547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30550 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30551 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30556 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30557 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30558 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30559 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30561 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30562 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30563 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30566 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30567 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30569 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30570 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30572 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30573 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30574 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30576 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30582 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30583 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30585 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30587 Official distribution is at
30588 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30591 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30592 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30603 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30604 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
30605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30607 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30608 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30609 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30610 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30611 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30613 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30615 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30618 Supports highlighting.
30620 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30621 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30623 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30625 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30626 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30627 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30628 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30629 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30630 on the left side of your screen.
30631 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30632 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30633 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30634 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30635 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30636 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30638 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30639 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30640 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30641 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30644 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30645 Indentation for case statements.
30646 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30647 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30649 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30650 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30651 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30652 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30653 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30654 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30655 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30656 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30657 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30659 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30663 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30664 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30665 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30666 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30667 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30668 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30669 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30670 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30671 comments in tight quarters.
30672 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30673 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30675 Variables controlling other actions:
30677 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30678 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30679 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30681 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30683 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30685 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30686 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30687 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30689 Some other functions are:
30691 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30692 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30693 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30694 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30695 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30697 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30698 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30699 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30700 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30702 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30703 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30704 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30705 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30706 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30707 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30708 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30709 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30710 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30711 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30712 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30713 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30714 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30715 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30716 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30717 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30718 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30719 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30720 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30721 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30722 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30723 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30724 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30725 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30726 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30727 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30728 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30729 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30731 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30732 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30734 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30740 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30741 ;;;;;; (19914 25180))
30742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30744 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30745 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30750 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30751 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30752 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30753 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30754 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30755 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30756 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30757 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30758 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30760 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30761 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30762 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30763 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30765 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30766 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30767 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30768 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30769 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30771 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30772 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30776 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30777 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30778 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30782 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30783 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30784 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30785 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30787 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30788 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30789 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30790 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30791 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30795 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30796 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30797 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30798 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30800 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30801 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30802 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30803 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30804 beginning with \"std\").
30806 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30807 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30808 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30813 `--' puts a single comment.
30814 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30815 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30816 with a comment in between.
30817 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30818 out following lines.
30819 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30820 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30822 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30823 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30824 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30825 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30826 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30829 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30830 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30831 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30832 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30833 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30834 multi-line comments.
30838 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30839 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30840 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30841 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30843 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30844 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30845 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30846 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30848 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30849 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30852 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30853 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30857 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30858 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30859 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30860 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30861 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30862 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30863 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30864 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30866 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30867 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30868 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30869 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30870 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30873 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30874 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30875 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30877 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30878 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30882 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30883 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30884 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30885 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30886 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30887 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30890 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30891 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30892 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30893 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30896 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30900 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30901 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30902 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30903 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30904 internal signal initializations (menu).
30906 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30907 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30908 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30910 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30911 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30912 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30913 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30914 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30915 in subsequent paste operations.)
30917 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30918 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30919 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30922 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30923 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30924 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30925 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30926 association list with formals).
30929 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30930 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30931 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30932 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30933 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30934 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30935 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30936 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30941 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30945 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30949 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30950 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30951 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30953 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30954 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30957 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30958 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30959 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30960 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30962 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30963 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30964 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30966 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30967 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30968 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30969 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30971 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30972 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30973 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30974 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30975 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30977 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30978 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30979 required by secondary units.
30982 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30983 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30984 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30985 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30986 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30987 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30988 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30989 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30990 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30991 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30992 inputs to this component -> input port created
30993 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30994 outputs from this component -> output port created
30995 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30996 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30998 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30999 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31000 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31001 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31002 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31004 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31005 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31007 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31008 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31009 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31010 component instantiation is also supported (option
31011 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31013 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31014 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31015 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31016 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31017 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31018 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31019 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31020 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31021 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31022 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31023 | generating the configuration.
31025 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31026 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31027 | configurations in speedbar.
31029 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31032 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31033 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31034 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31035 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31036 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31037 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31038 information. New compilers can be added.
31040 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31041 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31044 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31045 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31046 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31047 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31048 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31050 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31053 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31054 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31055 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31057 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31058 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31059 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31060 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31061 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31062 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31063 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31066 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31067 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31068 not (yet) supported.
31069 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31070 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31071 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31075 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31076 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31077 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31078 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31079 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31080 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31081 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31082 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31084 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31085 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31086 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31087 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31088 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31089 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31090 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31091 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31092 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31093 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31094 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31098 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31099 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31100 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31101 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31102 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31103 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31104 current directory for VHDL source files.
31108 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31109 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31113 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31114 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31115 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31116 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31117 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31118 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31119 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31120 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31123 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31124 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31125 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31126 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31127 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31128 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31129 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31131 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31132 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31133 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31134 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31135 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31136 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31138 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31139 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31140 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31141 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31142 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31145 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31146 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31147 highlighted if written in lower case.
31149 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31150 highlighted using a different background color if option
31151 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31153 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31154 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31155 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31156 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31157 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31161 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31162 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31163 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31167 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31168 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31169 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31170 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31171 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31175 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31176 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31178 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31179 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31180 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31181 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31182 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31183 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31184 (used to obtain the port names).
31188 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31189 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31193 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31194 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31195 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31196 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31197 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31198 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31199 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31204 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31205 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31206 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31207 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31208 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31210 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31211 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31212 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31213 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31214 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31217 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31218 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31222 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31223 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31224 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31226 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31230 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31231 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31233 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31235 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31237 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31241 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31247 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31248 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31250 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31252 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31253 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31254 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31255 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31257 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31258 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31259 where the latest version can be found.
31265 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31266 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31267 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31270 The VHDL Mode Authors
31271 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31282 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19845 45374))
31283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31285 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31286 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31287 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31288 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31290 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31291 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31292 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31293 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31294 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31296 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31297 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31299 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31301 * Limitations and unsupported features
31302 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31304 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31305 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31308 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31309 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31310 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31311 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31312 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31313 for undoing a repeated change command.
31314 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31315 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31316 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31319 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31320 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31321 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31322 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31323 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31324 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31325 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31326 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31328 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31334 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31335 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31336 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31337 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31338 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31340 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31341 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31343 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31345 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31346 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31347 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31348 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31350 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31352 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31353 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31357 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31358 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31359 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31360 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31362 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31364 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31365 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31369 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31372 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31374 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31377 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31381 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31382 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31383 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31384 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31385 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19886 45771))
31386 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31388 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31389 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31390 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31392 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31394 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31395 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31396 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31397 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31401 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31402 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31404 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31406 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31407 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31408 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31409 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31410 moving around in the buffer.
31411 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31412 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31414 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31418 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31419 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31420 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31421 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31423 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31424 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31425 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31426 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31427 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31429 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31433 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31434 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31435 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31436 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31439 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31440 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31441 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31442 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31443 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31445 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31449 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31450 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31451 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31452 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31453 moving around in the buffer.
31454 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31455 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31457 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31459 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31460 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31461 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31463 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31464 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31465 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31466 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31468 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31470 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31471 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31472 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31473 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31474 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31475 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31476 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31477 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31479 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31481 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31482 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31483 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31485 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31487 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31488 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31489 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31490 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31491 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31492 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31493 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31494 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31496 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31498 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31499 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31500 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31502 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31504 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31505 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31506 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31509 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31510 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31511 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31514 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31515 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31516 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31517 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31518 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31520 H, h, ? This message.
31521 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31522 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31523 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31524 > move to the end of buffer.
31525 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31526 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31527 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31528 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31529 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31530 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31531 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31532 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31533 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31534 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31535 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31536 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31537 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31538 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31539 Use this to view a changing file.
31540 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31541 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31542 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31544 x exchanges point and mark.
31545 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31546 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31547 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31548 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31549 ' go to position saved in character register.
31550 s do forward incremental search.
31551 r do reverse incremental search.
31552 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31553 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31554 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31555 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31556 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31557 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31558 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31559 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31560 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31561 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31562 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31563 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31564 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31565 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31566 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31567 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31568 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31570 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31571 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31572 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31573 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31574 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31575 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31576 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31577 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31578 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31580 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31584 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31585 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31586 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31587 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31588 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31589 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31590 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31591 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31592 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31594 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31596 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31597 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31598 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31599 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31600 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31601 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31602 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31604 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31605 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31606 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31607 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31608 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31610 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31611 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31613 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31614 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31615 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31616 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31618 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31620 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31622 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31624 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31625 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31631 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19845
31633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31635 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31636 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31640 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31641 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31647 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31648 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
31649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31651 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31652 Toggle Viper on/off.
31653 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31657 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31658 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31664 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31665 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
31666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31668 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31669 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31670 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31671 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31672 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31673 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31674 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31675 the beginning of the warning.")
31677 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31678 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31679 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31680 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31681 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31682 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31683 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31684 also call that function before the next warning.")
31686 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31687 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31689 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31690 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31691 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31692 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31694 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31695 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31696 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31697 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31698 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31699 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31701 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31702 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31703 Default is :warning.
31705 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31706 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31707 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31708 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31709 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31710 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31712 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31713 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31714 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31716 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31718 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31719 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31721 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31723 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31724 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31725 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31726 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31728 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31729 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31730 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31731 can be whatever you like.)
31733 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31734 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31736 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31737 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31738 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31739 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31740 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31742 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31744 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31745 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31746 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31747 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31748 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31750 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31754 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31755 ;;;;;; (19913 4309))
31756 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31758 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31759 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31760 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31761 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31762 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31771 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19931 11784))
31772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31774 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31775 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31777 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31780 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31787 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31788 ;;;;;; (19915 46047))
31789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31790 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31791 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31793 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31795 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31796 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31797 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31800 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31802 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31804 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31805 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31806 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31807 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31809 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31816 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31817 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31818 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31819 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19905 10215))
31820 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31822 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31823 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31825 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31826 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31827 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31829 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31830 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31834 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31835 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31837 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31838 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31839 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31841 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31842 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31843 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31844 use `whitespace-mode'.
31846 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31850 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31851 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31852 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31855 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31857 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31859 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31860 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31862 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31863 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31864 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31866 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31867 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31871 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31872 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31873 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31874 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31875 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31876 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31878 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31880 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31881 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31883 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31884 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31885 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31887 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31888 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31889 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31890 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31892 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31896 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31897 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31899 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31900 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31902 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31903 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31905 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31909 f toggle face visualization
31910 t toggle TAB visualization
31911 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31912 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31913 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31914 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31915 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31916 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31917 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31918 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31919 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31920 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31921 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31922 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31923 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31924 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31925 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31927 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31928 T toggle TAB visualization
31929 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31930 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31932 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31933 ? display brief help
31935 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31936 The valid symbols are:
31938 face toggle face visualization
31939 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31940 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31941 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31942 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31943 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31944 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31945 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31946 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31947 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31948 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31949 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31950 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31951 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31952 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31953 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31954 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31956 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31957 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31958 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31960 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31962 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31966 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31967 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31969 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31970 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31972 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31973 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31975 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31979 f toggle face visualization
31980 t toggle TAB visualization
31981 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31982 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31983 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31984 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31985 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31986 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31987 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31988 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31989 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31990 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31991 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31992 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31993 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31994 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31995 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31997 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31998 T toggle TAB visualization
31999 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32000 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32002 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32003 ? display brief help
32005 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32006 The valid symbols are:
32008 face toggle face visualization
32009 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32010 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32011 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32012 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32013 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32014 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32015 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32016 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32017 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32018 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32019 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32020 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32021 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32022 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32023 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32024 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32026 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32027 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32028 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32030 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32032 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32036 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32037 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32039 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32040 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32041 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32042 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32043 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32045 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32047 The problems cleaned up are:
32049 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32050 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32051 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32052 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32054 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32055 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32056 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32057 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32059 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32060 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32061 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32062 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32064 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32065 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32066 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32067 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32068 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32069 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32070 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32071 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32073 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32074 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32075 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32077 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32078 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32079 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32080 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32081 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32082 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32083 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32084 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32086 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32091 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32092 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32094 The problems cleaned up are:
32096 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32097 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32098 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32099 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32101 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32102 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32103 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32104 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32106 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32107 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32108 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32109 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32110 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32111 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32112 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32113 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32115 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32116 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32117 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32119 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32120 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32121 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32122 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32123 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32124 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32125 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32126 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32128 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32131 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32133 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32134 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32136 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32139 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32140 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32141 `whitespace-style' to have:
32149 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32150 whitespace problems in buffer.
32152 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32154 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32155 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32156 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32157 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32158 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32159 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32160 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32162 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32163 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32164 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32165 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32166 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32167 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32168 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32170 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32171 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32172 cleaning up these problems.
32174 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32176 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32177 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32179 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32182 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32183 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32184 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32192 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32193 whitespace problems in buffer.
32195 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32197 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32198 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32199 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32200 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32201 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32202 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32203 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32205 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32206 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32207 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32208 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32209 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32210 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32211 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32213 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32214 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32215 cleaning up these problems.
32217 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32221 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32222 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19886 45771))
32223 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32225 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32226 Browse the widget under point.
32230 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32231 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32233 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32235 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32236 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32238 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32240 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32241 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32242 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32248 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32249 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19927
32251 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32253 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32254 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32256 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32258 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32259 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32260 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32262 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32264 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32265 Create widget of TYPE.
32266 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32268 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32270 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32273 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32275 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32276 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32278 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32280 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32281 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32282 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32283 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32285 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32286 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32292 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32293 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19886
32295 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32297 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32298 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32299 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32300 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32301 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32302 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32303 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32307 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32308 Select the window above the current one.
32309 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32310 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32311 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32312 negative ARG) of the current window.
32313 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32317 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32318 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32319 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32320 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32321 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32322 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32323 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32327 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32328 Select the window below the current one.
32329 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32330 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32331 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32332 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32333 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32337 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32338 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32339 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32340 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32342 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32346 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32347 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32348 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32350 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32351 Toggle Winner mode.
32352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32353 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32355 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32357 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32358 Toggle Winner mode.
32359 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32365 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32366 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19886 45771))
32367 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32369 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32370 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32371 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32372 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32373 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32375 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32377 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32378 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32379 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32380 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32381 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32382 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32383 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32384 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32386 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32387 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32389 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32391 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32392 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32396 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32397 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32398 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32399 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32400 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32401 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32402 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32403 `woman' command for further details.
32405 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32407 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32408 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32410 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32414 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32415 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32418 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32419 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32422 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32423 are not implemented
32424 - Options for search and replace
32425 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32426 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32428 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32431 The key bindings are:
32441 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32443 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32444 C-l ws-repeat-search
32447 C-r scroll-down-line
32454 C-y kill-complete-line
32457 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32458 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32459 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32460 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32461 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32462 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32463 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32464 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32465 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32466 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32467 C-k b ws-begin-block
32468 C-k c ws-copy-block
32469 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32471 C-k h ws-show-markers
32472 C-k i ws-indent-block
32474 C-k p ws-print-block
32477 C-k s save-some-buffers
32479 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32480 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32481 C-k v ws-move-block
32482 C-k w ws-write-block
32484 C-k y ws-delete-block
32486 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32487 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32488 C-o j justify-current-line
32491 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32492 C-o r set-fill-column
32493 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32494 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32495 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32496 C-o wo other-window
32497 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32499 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32500 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32501 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32502 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32503 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32504 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32505 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32506 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32507 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32508 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32509 C-q a ws-query-replace
32510 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32511 C-q c end-of-buffer
32514 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32516 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32517 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32518 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32519 C-q w ws-last-error
32521 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32527 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19845 45374))
32528 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32530 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32531 Perform an interactive search.
32532 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32533 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32534 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32535 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32537 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32540 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32542 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32546 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32547 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
32548 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32550 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32551 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32552 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32553 Returns the top node with all its children.
32554 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32555 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32557 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32559 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32560 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32561 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32562 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32563 is not well-formed XML.
32564 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32565 and returned as the first element of the list.
32566 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32568 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32572 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32573 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
32574 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32576 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32577 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32578 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32579 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32580 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32581 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32582 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32583 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32584 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32585 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32587 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32591 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19886
32593 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32595 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32596 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32597 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32599 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32600 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32602 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32604 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32605 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32606 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32609 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32610 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32611 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32612 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32613 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32614 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32620 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32621 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
32622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32624 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32625 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32627 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32629 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32630 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32636 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32637 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
32638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32640 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32641 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32643 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32645 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32646 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32648 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32650 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32651 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32652 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32654 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32656 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32657 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32663 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19889 21967))
32664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32666 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32667 Zone out, completely.
32673 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32748 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32749 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32750 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32753 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32754 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32755 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32756 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32757 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32758 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32760 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32761 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32762 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32763 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32764 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32765 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32766 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32767 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32768 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32769 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32770 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32771 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32772 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32773 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32774 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
32775 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32776 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32777 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32778 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32779 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32780 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32781 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32782 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32783 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32784 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32785 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32786 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32787 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32788 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32789 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32790 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32791 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32792 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32793 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32794 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32795 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32796 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32797 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32798 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32799 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32800 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32801 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32802 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32803 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32804 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32805 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32806 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32807 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32808 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32809 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32810 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32811 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32812 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32813 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32814 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32815 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32816 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32817 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32818 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32819 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32820 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32821 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32822 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32823 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32824 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32825 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32826 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32827 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32828 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32829 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32830 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32831 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32832 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32833 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32834 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32835 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-calc.el"
32836 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32837 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32838 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
32839 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32840 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32841 ;;;;;; "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el"
32842 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32843 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
32844 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32845 ;;;;;; "org/org-complete.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32846 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
32847 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
32848 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32849 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32850 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32851 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el"
32852 ;;;;;; "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el"
32853 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32854 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32857 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32858 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32859 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32860 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32861 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32862 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32863 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32864 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32865 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32866 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32867 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32868 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32869 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32870 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32871 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32872 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32873 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32874 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
32875 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19942 4644 183664))
32879 (provide 'loaddefs)
32880 ;; Local Variables:
32881 ;; version-control: never
32882 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32883 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32886 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here